WO2001029023A1 - Benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, process for preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them - Google Patents

Benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, process for preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2001029023A1
WO2001029023A1 PCT/KR2000/001189 KR0001189W WO0129023A1 WO 2001029023 A1 WO2001029023 A1 WO 2001029023A1 KR 0001189 W KR0001189 W KR 0001189W WO 0129023 A1 WO0129023 A1 WO 0129023A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cyano
benzopyran
dihydro
hydroxy
methyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2000/001189
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Sung-Eun Yoo
Kyu Yang Yi
Sun Kyung Lee
Nak-Jung Kim
Jee Hee Suh
Young Sook Park
Sun Kyung Hwang
Hwa Sup Shin
Byung Ho Lee
Ho Won Seo
Hong Lim
Sun-Ok Kim
In Sun Cho
Mi Ae Namkoong
Dong Soo Jang
Original Assignee
Korea Research Institute Of Chemical Technology
Dongbu Hannong Chemical Co., Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR10-2000-0060467A external-priority patent/KR100429609B1/en
Application filed by Korea Research Institute Of Chemical Technology, Dongbu Hannong Chemical Co., Ltd. filed Critical Korea Research Institute Of Chemical Technology
Priority to JP2001531823A priority Critical patent/JP3999515B2/en
Priority to DE60007168T priority patent/DE60007168T2/en
Priority to EP00973213A priority patent/EP1228058B1/en
Priority to BRPI0015227-7A priority patent/BR0015227B1/en
Priority to MXPA02003898A priority patent/MXPA02003898A/en
Priority to AU11750/01A priority patent/AU1175001A/en
Priority to CA002387727A priority patent/CA2387727C/en
Publication of WO2001029023A1 publication Critical patent/WO2001029023A1/en
Priority to HK03103787A priority patent/HK1051538A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D407/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00
    • C07D407/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D407/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13—Amines
    • A61K31/155—Amidines (), e.g. guanidine (H2N—C(=NH)—NH2), isourea (N=C(OH)—NH2), isothiourea (—N=C(SH)—NH2)
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/35—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/352—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. methantheline 
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P39/00—General protective or antinoxious agents
    • A61P39/06—Free radical scavengers or antioxidants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D311/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
    • C07D311/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D311/04—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring
    • C07D311/58—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring other than with oxygen or sulphur atoms in position 2 or 4
    • C07D311/68—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring other than with oxygen or sulphur atoms in position 2 or 4 with nitrogen atoms directly attached in position 4

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1. It also relates to process for preparing the novel compounds and pharmaceutical formulations comprising one or more of the compounds as an active ingredient .
  • the present invention also relates to pharmaceutical use of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives.
  • the present invention is pharmacologically useful in the protection of heart, neuronal cell or brain injury, or preserving organs, and also pharmacologically useful for inhibition of NO generation, lipid peroxidation, angiogenesis or restenosis.
  • R, R 2 , R 3 , R i r R 5 , R 6 , n and * are each defined in specification.
  • Ischemic heart diseases usually occur as a result of myocardial ischemia, when the oxygen supply is significantly decreased compared to the oxygen demand due to the imbalance between them.
  • a coronary artery disorder was found to be a main reason of the ischemic heart diseases. If the inner diameter of coronary artery becomes narrow, the blood supply, resulting in oxygen supply, becomes insufficient, which can cause angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, acute cardioplegia, arrhythmia, and so on (G.J. Grover, Can . J. Physiol . 75, 309 (1997); G. D. Lopaschuk et al . , Science & Medicine 42 (1997) ) .
  • ischemic heart diseases are also caused by other complex factors besides coronary artery disorders
  • drug therapy as well as operational method such as perculaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty (PTCA) is required for its treatment.
  • PTCA perculaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty
  • drugs including anti-thrombotic agents, arteriosclerosis curatives, especially by beta blockers, nitrate, calcium antagonists such as nifedipin, thromobolytics, aspirin, and angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors.
  • ACE angiotensin converting enzyme
  • the pyranyl guanidine compound represented by the following formula 2, has been reported to act selectively on ATP-sensitive potassium channels (K; TP ) located in the heart (K. S. Atwal et al . , J. Mde . Chem . 36, 3971 (1993); K. S. Atwal et al . , J. Me . Chem . 38, 1966 (1995) ) .
  • the BMS 180448 compound was found to protect ischemic hearts without a significant lowering of blood pressure, which gives the prospects for novel drug development as a cardioprotectant .
  • FORMULA 2 FORMULA 2
  • Damage or death of neurons is known to be a main cause for various neurological disorders such as stroke, head trauma, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, infant asphyxia, glaucoma and daiabetic neuropathy, etc. (G. J. Zoppo et a l . , Drugs 54, 9(1997); I. Sziraki et al . , Neurosci . 85, 110(1998)) .
  • Neurons are damaged by various factors and typically by increases in iron concentration, reactive oxygen species, and peroxidants within neurons (M. P. Mattson et al . , Methods Cell Biol . 46, 187 (1995); Y. Goodman et al . , Brain Res . 706, 328 (1996)).
  • An increase of iron concentration in neuronal cells induces the formation of highly reactive hydroxyl radicals.
  • An excess of oxygen free radicals facilitates lipid peroxidation, so that peroxidants are accumulated in neurons.
  • the reactive free radicals accumulated in cells are known to be responsible for inflammatory diseases such as arthritis; atherosclerosis; cardiac infarction; and neurodegenerative disease such as dementia as well as acute and chronic injury of tissues and organs caused by ischemia-reperfusion or by endotoxins via bacterial infection.
  • IA Infant asphyxia
  • IA Infant asphyxia
  • triggered by transient deficiency of oxygen supply during delivery was reported to be caused by the reduction of energy production, damage of cell membrane due to oxygen free radical, release of excitatory neurotransmitters, change of intracellular ion concentrations including calcium, zinc, etc.
  • IA is a major worldwide problem, because if IA is severe, the chances of mortality are high (around 1/3 of the cases) [C. F. Loid et. al . Physiol ogy and Behavior 68; 263-269 (2000)].
  • it can produce long term sequela such as movement disorders, learning disabilities, epilepsy, dystoma, mental retardation, and spasticity.
  • Antioxidant enzymes allopu ⁇ nol, Vitamme C & E, free radical scavengers, inhibitors of excitatory neurotransmitters, calcium channel blockers such as nimodipme and flunarizme, inhibitors of NO formation, hyperglycemic and hypothermic therapy may be beneficial for the protection of brain injury, but their clinical application is still limited. Thus more intensive research is required to treat infant asphyxia properly.
  • Glaucoma one of the leading causes of blindness, is defined as an optic neuropathy associated with characteristic changes in optic nerve.
  • the optic nerve consists of 1 million axons from neurons whose perikarya reside primarily in the ganglion cell layer and, to a less extent, in the inner part of the inner nuclear layer.
  • the excavated appearance of the optic nerve head in glaucoma is thought to be caused by the death and subsequent loss of ganglion cells and their axons [N.N. Osborne, et. Al . Survey of Ophthalmology, 43; suppl . S102- sl28 (1999)].
  • Neuroprotective agents in glaucoma may protect death of retinal neurons, in particular the ganglion cells, either directly or indirectly.
  • a variety agents such as NMDA receptor antagonist, ⁇ -blockers, calcium antagonists, and antioxidants can be used to protect the death of retinal neurons induced by ischemia .
  • NMDA receptor antagonist NMDA receptor antagonist
  • ⁇ -blockers calcium antagonists
  • antioxidants can be used to protect the death of retinal neurons induced by ischemia .
  • two main hypotheses have been proposed for it.
  • One is metabolic abnormalities, and the other is blood flow deficits in peripheral nerve [K. Naka et . Al . Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice, 30 : 153- 162 (1995) ] .
  • Acetyl-L-carnitine (ALC) by stimulating metabolism of lipid and improving impaired nociceptive responses of neurons, and Prosaptide by releasing neutrophic factors are in clinical trials.
  • Angiogenesis formation of new blood vessels, is recognized as the core process for growth and metastasis of solid tumors (Folkma, J. et al . , J. Biol . Chem . 267: 10931-10934 (1992)). Angiogenesis is controlled by inducers and inhibitors of angiogenesis. When the balance between them is broken, that is, when angiogenesis inducers prevail over angiogenesis inhibitors, a large quantity of new blood vessels are formed.
  • Angiogenesis is closely related to various physiological phenomena, such as embryonic development, wound healing, chronic inflammation, hemangiomas, diabetic retinopathy, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, AIDS complications, and the growth and metastasis of malignant tumors (Forkman, J., Klagsbrun. M. Science 235: 442-447 (1987)).
  • Angiogenesis includes a series of processes such as the migration, proliferation and differentiation of endothelial cells, and is an important prerequisite for the growth and metastasis of cancers.
  • angiogenesis promoters derived from tumors stimulate to induce the angiogenesis into the tumor mass.
  • angiogenesis leads to the prevention of the growth and metastasis of cancers.
  • proteins such as prostamine and tumor necrotic factors, factors derived from cartilage tissues, and cortisone called angiostatic steroids and various steroid derivatives, have been found to be able to play roles as angiogenesis inhibitors.
  • hydrocortisone exhibits anti-angiogenetic activity by cotreatment with heparin (Lee, A. et al . , Science 221: 1185-1187 (1983); Crum, R. et al . , Science 230: 1375-1378
  • PCI Percutaneous coronary interventions
  • restenosis in 20-50% of patients within 6 months after the intervention (Bult, H. Tips , 21 ; 274-279 (2000)).
  • the biology of restenosis is not completely understood, but the predominant cellular mechanisms that contribute to restenosis include thrombosis, vascular smooth muscle cell migration and proliferation, and adventitious scarring. Different form atherosclerosis, restenosis is not dependent on the concentration or composition of atherogenic plasma lipids .
  • the compounds also exhibit various pharmacological efficacies, including protection of neurons, prevention of lipid peroxidation and reactive oxygen species formation, protection of ischemic retina, improvement of impaired nociceptive responses in diabetic rats, inhibition of NO formation, and suppression of angiogenesis and restenosis.
  • the compound of the present invention can be useful in the prevention and treatment of various diseases related to cardiovascular system such as cardiac infarction and congestive heart failure; stroke; neuronal damage such as infant asphyxia, glaucoma, diabetic neuropathy and head trauma; oxygen free radical-related disease such as neurodegenerative diseases and atherosclerosis; angiogenesis such as cancers and diabetic retinopathy, or restenosis, and also can be used in protecting preserving organs such as heart, kidney, liver, and tissues and protecting organs in major cardiovascular surgery.
  • diseases related to cardiovascular system such as cardiac infarction and congestive heart failure; stroke; neuronal damage such as infant asphyxia, glaucoma, diabetic neuropathy and head trauma; oxygen free radical-related disease such as neurodegenerative diseases and atherosclerosis; angiogenesis such as cancers and diabetic retinopathy, or restenosis, and also can be used in protecting preserving organs such as heart, kidney, liver, and tissues and protecting organs in major cardiovascular surgery.
  • One of the objectives of the present invention is to provide novel benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula
  • Another objective of the present invention is to provide process for the preparation of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives .
  • Further objective of the present invention is to provide pharmaceutical use of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives.
  • the present invention provides the use of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives for the protection of heart and brain from ischemic and hypoxia injury, neuroprotection, inhibition of NO formation, lipid peroxidation and reactive oxygen species generation, or suppression of and suppression of angiogenesis and restenosis .
  • the present invention provides benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives represented by the following formula 1 and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • FORMULA 1 benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives represented by the following formula 1 and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • R 2 represents straight or branched alkyl group of
  • R a is defined as above; R b and R c are independent each other and represent straight or branched alkyl group of respectively; and Z represents straight or branched alkyl group of C 1 -C 5 ,
  • R- represents N0 2 , CN, NH 2 or S(0) m R a ;
  • R a represents straight or branched alkyl group of C ⁇ C,, or aryl group; and m is an integer of 0-2,
  • R- represents CH ; , R 3 represents ( ) ; R D and R
  • R 5 and R 6 are independent each- other and represent H, halogen, straight or branched' alkyl group of C ⁇ C ⁇ OR a , CX 3 or N0 2 ; R a represents straight or branched alkyl group of C ⁇ C,; and X represents halogen, and n is an integer of 0-2.
  • the present invention includes all the solvates and hydrates which can be prepared from benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1 in addition to benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1 and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • the present invention includes all the separate stereochemical isomers, i. e. diastereomerically pure or enantiomerically pure compounds which have one or more chiral centers at 2, 3 and 4-pos ⁇ tions, in addition to the racemic mixtures or diastereomer mixtures of benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1.
  • the 3,4-dihydro benzopyran derivatives according to the present invention are represented by the optical isomers such as (I x ) , (I 2 ) , (I 3 ) and (I 4 ) (See the following formula 3) .
  • R lr R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and n are defined as above .
  • the preferable compounds of the present invention are:
  • the more preferable compounds of the present invention are : (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro-3- hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine;
  • the compounds of formula 1 may be used as pharmaceutically .. acceptable salts derived from pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptable free acids .
  • These salts include but are not limited to the following: salts with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, stannic acid, etc. and organic acids such as citric acid, acetic acid, lactic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, gluconic acid, methanesulfonic acid, glycolic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, galacturonic acid, embonic acid, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, etc.
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, stannic acid, etc.
  • organic acids such as citric acid, acetic acid, lactic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, gluconic acid, me
  • the acid salts of the compounds according to the present invention can be prepared in the customary manner, for example by dissolving the compound of formula 1 in excess aqueous acid and precipitating the salt with a water-miscible organic solvent, such as methanol, ethanol, acetone or acetonitrile. It is also possible to prepare by heating equivalent amounts of the compound of formula 1 and an acid in water or an alcohol, such as glycol monomethyl ether, and then evaporating the mixture to dryness or filtering off the precipitated salt with suction.
  • a water-miscible organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, acetone or acetonitrile.
  • the compounds of formula 1 may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable ammonium, alkali metals or alkaline earth metals salts.
  • the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts of the compound of formula 1 can be obtained, for example, by dissolving the compound of formula 1 in equimolar amount of alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide solution, filtering from the undissolved materials and evaporating the filtrate to dryness.
  • Sodium, potassium or calcium salts are pharmaceutically suitable.
  • the corresponding silver salts are obtained by the reaction of an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salt with a suitable silver salt, such as silver nitrate.
  • the present invention provides processes for preparing of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1.
  • the present invention provides processes for preparing of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1, represented by the following scheme 1 (Preparation Method I) .
  • R l r R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and n are each defined as above .
  • the present invention also provides processes for preparing of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1, represented by the following scheme 2 (Preparation Method II). SCHEME 2
  • R 1 R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and n are each defined as above
  • the present invention provides processes for preparing of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1 by using the compound (I 1 ) prepared in the scheme 1 or scheme 2, represented by the following scheme 3.
  • SCHEME 3
  • R l r R 2 , R 3 , R , R 5 , R 6 and n are each defined as above .
  • R lf R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 can be modified or 3, 4-double bond can be formed via the reaction represented by the above scheme 3.
  • the derivatives of formula 1 can be prepared separately as an optically active isomer by using the corresponding optical isomer as a starting material.
  • the derivatives of formula 1 are prepared as a racemic mixture, and then the racemic mixture is separated into each optical isomers.
  • the optical isomers can be separated by common chiral column chromatography or recrystallization.
  • the compounds of formula 1 can be synthesized using the reactions and techniques described herein below. The reactions are performed in a solvent appropriate to the reagents and materials employed and suitable for the transformation being effected.
  • Aminoalcohol compounds (III) which were used as a starting material in scheme 1 or scheme 2, can be prepared by the reaction represented by the following scheme 4.
  • R lf R 2 and R 3 are each defined as above, (OZ) represents a leaving group and Hal represents a halogen atom.
  • the epoxide compound (II) can be prepared from propazylether derivatives (J. Med. Chem . 26, 1582 (1983)).
  • R l r R 2 and R 3 are each defined as above,
  • Olefin compounds (VIII) can be obtained separately as an optically active olefin compound (VIIIj) and olefin compound (VIII-) of formula 4, respectively.
  • the Olefin compound (VIII) can be prepared by the method disclosed in KR Pat. Appln . No. 96-7399 according to the present inventors .
  • Epoxide compounds (II and epoxide compounds (II 2 ) can be prepared from the compound (VIII ⁇ and epoxide compounds (II 3 ) and epoxide compounds (II 4 ) can be prepared from the compound (VIII 2 ) as represented by the following scheme 6, by using the compound (VIII and the compound (VIII 2 ) prepared in scheme 5 as a starting material, respectively.
  • R l f R 2 and R 3 are each defined as above.
  • Epoxide compounds (II and (II ) and epoxide compounds (II 3 ) and (II 4 ) can be prepared from olefin compounds (VIIIj) and (VIII 2 ) , respectively, by the preparation method disclosed in US Pat No. 5,236,935 and KR Pat. No. 096,546 which were acquired by the present inventors.
  • optical isomers (II , (II 2 ), (II 3 ) and (II 4 ) of epoxide compounds, respectively, from olefin compounds (VIII or (VIII 3 ) by using Mn(III) salen epoxidation catalysts (E. N. Jacobsen et al . , Tetrahedron Lett . , 38, 5055 (1991)).
  • Mn(III) salen epoxidation catalysts E. N. Jacobsen et al . , Tetrahedron Lett . , 38, 5055 (1991)
  • epoxide compounds (II ⁇ ) can be prepared from olefin compounds (VIII- and epoxide compounds (H 3 ) from the olefin compounds (VIII 2 ) .
  • epoxide compounds (II 2 ) can be prepared from the olefin compounds (VIII and epoxide compounds (II 4 ) from the olefin compounds (VIII 2 ) .
  • This epoxidation reaction is performed in mixture of methylene chloride and water by using NaOCl as an oxidizing agent .
  • Aminoalcohol compounds (III) are prepared by the reaction of the epoxide compound (II) with ammonia gas (NH 3 ) or ammonium hydroxide (NH ⁇ OH) in the presence of a suitable solvent, in the above scheme 4.
  • a suitable solvent are alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, etc.
  • the reaction temperature may range from 5°C to the boiling point of the solvent employed.
  • aminoalcohol compounds (III , (III 2 ) , (III 3 ) and (III 4 ) can be obtained, respectively.
  • a mixture of epoxy compound (II X ) and (II 2 ) as a starting material a mixture of aminoalcohol compounds (IIIJ and (III 2 ) is obtained.
  • R l r R 2 and R 3 are each defined as above FORMULA 6
  • the method for the preparation of the compounds formula 1 comprises the step of reacting an aminoalcohol b compound (III) and a thiourea compound (IV) in the presence of a suitable condensing agent and a suitable solvent.
  • the compound (I 1 ), which is a compound of formula 1 with R 4 OH, is prepared by this reaction.
  • condensing agents examples include 0 carbodiimide-type condensing agents such as
  • Preferred solvents are methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, tetrahydrofuran, 1 , 2-d ⁇ chloroethane, dioxane, etc.
  • Reaction temperature may range from 5 °C to 40 °C .
  • the product with the same configuration to that of the starting material is obtained, respectively. That is, the compounds ⁇ I ⁇ ) , (I 2 ), (I 3 ) and (I 4 ) of formula 1 can be prepared from aminoalcohol compounds (III ⁇ , (III 2 ), (III 3 ) and (III 4 ), respectively.
  • a mixture of aminoalcohol compounds (III and (III 2 ) as a starting material a mixture of compounds (I x ) and (I 2 ) is obtained.
  • the thiourea compound (IV) used in the above reaction can be prepared by the reaction of an isocyanate compound (IX) with sodium cyanamide (NaHNCN) in ethanol as represented by the following scheme 7.
  • IX isocyanate compound
  • NaHNCN sodium cyanamide
  • Another method for the preparation of the compounds of formula 1 comprises
  • step 1 1) reacting an aminoalcohol compound (III) with diphenyl cyanocarbonimidate (X) in the presence of a base to prepare the compound (V) (step 1); and
  • step 2) reacting the compound (V) with an appropriate amine compound (VI) in a suitable solvent to prepare the compound (I') (step 2) .
  • step 1 various inorganic and- organic bases can be employed.
  • inorganic bases include CaC0 3 ,
  • organic bases include metal salts of alcohols such as sodium methoxide (CH 3 ONa) , sodium ethoxide (CH 3 CH 2 ONa) etc.; sodium acetate (CH 3 COONa) ; metal salts of ammonia; bicyclic amines such as 1, 8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene (DBU), l,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene (DBN) , etc.; triethylamine; N, N-dii sopropylethylamine ; pyridine; lutidine; N, N-dimethylaniline ; 4- (dimethylamino) -pyridine; 1, 4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO), etc.
  • alcohols such as sodium methoxide (CH 3 ONa) , sodium ethoxide (CH 3 CH 2 ONa) etc.; sodium acetate (CH 3 COONa)
  • tertiary amines such as triethylamine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1, 8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-6-ene, 4- (dimethylamino) - pyridine, etc.
  • One to three equivalent of the base is preferable, to that of the aminoalcohol compound (III).
  • one to two equivalent of diphenyl cyanocarbonimidate (X) is preferable, to that of the aminoalcohol compound (III).
  • Preferred solvents are alcohols such as ethanol, isopropanol, etc., dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), chloroform, etc.
  • Reaction temperature is preferably maintained from 5°C to the boiling point of solvent employed.
  • step 2 one to five equivalent of the amine compound (VI) is preferable, to that of the aminoalcohol compound (III ) .
  • reaction solvent examples include alcohols such as ethanol, isopropanol, etc., dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, chloroform, methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran (THF) , etc.
  • Reaction temperature is preferably maintained from 5 : C to the boiling point of solvent employed.
  • the reaction of step 2 can be carried out in the presence of a base. Examples of such bases are mentioned as above.
  • R l r R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 or R 6 can be modified to other functional groups, and a double bond can be formed at 3,4-position by the reaction of scheme 3.
  • the compounds (I') are used as a starting material, which has been prepared by the above scheme 1 or scheme 2.
  • a starting material, reactants and the reaction condition are determined according to the structure of product, that is what are the substituents R l r R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 and whether there is a double bond at 3, 4-position . Therefore the present invention includes all the reaction types, reactants and reaction condition by which it is possible to prepare the compound of formula 1.
  • Acetoxy group can be introduced at R 4 by reacting the compound (I') with acetic anhydride in suitable solvent in the presence of a suitable catalyst as represented in the below scheme 8.
  • R l r R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and n are each defined as above .
  • Preferred bases are mentioned as above. More preferably t r i e t h y 1 ami n e , pyridine or N, N-diisopropylethylamine is employed.
  • Preferred catalyst is 4- (dimethylamino) pyridine .
  • One to three equivalent of the base is preferable, to that of the compound (I').
  • 0.05-0.5 equivalent of the catalyst is preferable, to that of the compound (I') .
  • Preferred solvents are methylene chloride, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile, etc.
  • the reaction temperature is preferably 0-40 °C .
  • R- L , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and n are each defined as above .
  • Preferred bases are mentioned as above. More preferably l, 8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, l, 5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] non-5-ene or 1, 4- diazabicyclo[2.2.2] octane is employed.
  • One to three equivalents of the base is preferable, to that of compound (I a ) .
  • Preferred solvents are toluene, benzene, xylene, dioxane, etc.
  • the reaction temperature is preferably from 5°C to the boiling point of solvent.
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 5 , R 6 and n are each defined as above
  • the N0 2 group can be reduced to NH 2 group by hydrogenation using metal catalysts such as platinum, palladium, palladium on carbon (Pd/C), Raney-nickel, etc. in a suitable solvent.
  • metal catalysts such as platinum, palladium, palladium on carbon (Pd/C), Raney-nickel, etc. in a suitable solvent.
  • Preferred solvents are alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, etc., and ethyl acetate.
  • the reduction of N0 2 group to NH 2 group can be carried out by using a reducing agent such as NaBH 4 in the presence of CuS0 4 , Cu(OAc) 2 , CoCl, SnCl 2 or NiCl 2 .
  • a reducing agent such as NaBH 4 in the presence of CuS0 4 , Cu(OAc) 2 , CoCl, SnCl 2 or NiCl 2 .
  • preferred solvent is a mixture of water and methanol and room temperature for reaction temperature is preferred.
  • Preferred bases are mentioned as above. More preferably bases are employed such as triethylamine, N , N - d i i s op r op y 1 e t h y 1 a m i n e , pyridine or 4- (dimethylamino) pyridine .
  • Preferred solvents are methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran and dioxane. (5) Introduction of -NHS(0)_,R a at R x
  • Preferred bases are memtioned as above. More preferably bases are employed such as triethylamine, N , N- d i i s op r o p y 1 e t h y 1 ami n e , pyridine and 4- (dimethylamino) pyridine .
  • Preferred solvents are methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran and dioxane.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions which contain the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of claim 1 or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts as an active ingredient.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions for protecting heart, protecting neuronal cells or protecting of brain injury, or protecting preserving organs, inhibiting NO generation and lipid peroxidation or suppressing angiogenesis and restenosis.
  • the compounds of the present invention showed remarkably low vasorelaxant activity compared to the reference K_ ⁇ p openers such as Cromakalim and BMS-180448. While the K ATP openers have cardioprotective properties by exerting their effects on heart, those have vasorelaxant properties by acting on the K AT? located in smooth muscle. The vasodilation effect is unnecessary, probably contraindicated for ischemia, due to under perfusion of the tissue already at risk. In other words, the vasorelaxant effect of these compounds would limit their utility in treating myocardial ischemia. As mentioned above, the compounds of the present invention are nearly devoid of vasorelaxant activity, thus their cardiac selectivity might offer a higher margin of safety as cardioprotectants .
  • the compounds of the present invention are confirmed their antiischemic activity with significant improvement in cardiac selectivity.
  • the compounds of the present invention exhibited equal or superior antiischemic activity compared to that of BMS- 180448.
  • the compounds of the present invention have noticeably low vasorelaxant activity and thus, they are far superior to the conventional drugs as cardiac selective cardioprotectants.
  • the compounds of the present invention considerably reduced the size of infarct zone as a percentage of area at risk (%IZ/AAR) , which was superior to the reference BMS-180448.
  • the compounds of the present invention show almost no vasodilatation activity, but exert excellent anti-ischemic activity on various animals, so that they can be used for the prevention or treatment of the diseases related to myocardial ischemia, such as postischemic contractile dysfunction as well as a cardiprotective in myocardial infarction, angina pectoris and congestive heart failure.
  • diseases related to myocardial ischemia such as postischemic contractile dysfunction as well as a cardiprotective in myocardial infarction, angina pectoris and congestive heart failure.
  • the compounds of the present invention have an ability to protect neurons.
  • the compounds of the present invention protect neurons from oxidative injury by iron dose-dependently .
  • the compounds of the present invention protect retinal cell death from ischemic damage dose-dependently, and represent neuroprotective effects by improving impaired MNCV (motor nerve conduction velocity) and nociceptive responses using hot plates in diabetic rats.
  • the compounds of the present invention protect hypoxic brain injury in newborn rats by decreasing the value of lipid/NAA (N-acetyl aspartate) and lipid/Cr (creatine) in proton MRS (magnetic resonance spectroscopy) .
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used as a neuroprotectives and can also be applied for the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders caused by the apoptosis or necrosis of neurons, such as stroke, cerebral dementia, infant asphyxia, glaucoma, diabetic neuropathy, and head trauma.
  • the compounds of the present invention inhibit the lipid peroxidation induced by iron or copper and LDL (low density lipoprotein) oxidation in A7r5 (rat aortic smooth muscle cell), whose antioxidant effect was more significant when H 2 0 2 was added.
  • the compounds of the present invention inhibit ROS (reactive oxygen species) induced by H 2 0 2 both in A7r5 and HUVEC cells, and remove oxygen radicals in ORAC (oxygen radical absorbance capacity) test using AAPH (2.2 ' -azobis (2- aminopropane) dihydrodichloride) as a -radical generator.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used as an antioxidant against lipid peroxidation and can be effectively applied for the medical treatment of the neurological disorders caused by the accumulation of free radical species within neurons, such as neurodegenerative diseases (stroke and dementia) , atherosclerosis and inflammation .
  • neurodegenerative diseases stroke and dementia
  • atherosclerosis inflammation .
  • the compounds of the present invention inhibit NO (nitric oxide) formation induced by endotoxins such as lipopolysaccharide (LPS), dose-dependently. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention can be used as inhibitors against NO production and can be effectively applied for the treatment of inflammatory diseases such as arthritis, cardiac infarction, arteriosclerosis, and dementia, which are caused by the injury of tissues or organs as a result of the apoptoic or necroptic cell death due to accumulation of NO within the cells .
  • NO nitric oxide
  • LPS lipopolysaccharide
  • the compounds of the present invention effectively protect the brain from ischemia-reperfusion injury.
  • the compounds of the present invention have advantage over the reference MK801. While the MK 801- treated rats showed decreased motility as a side effect, rats treated with the compounds of the present invention did not show any significant side effects such as behavioral change.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used as a neuroprotective agent against brain ischemia-reperfusion damage and can be effectively applied for the treatment of various diseases caused by brain ischemic injury such as ischemic cerebral vascular occlusion induced by thrombi.
  • the compounds of the present invention effectively inhibit the angiogenesis.
  • the compounds of the present invention are able to almost completely prevent the formation of new blood vessels in a dose-dependent manner. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention can be used as an angiogenesis inhibitor and can be usefully applied for the medical treatment of various diseases induced by angiogenesis, such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, AIDS complications, and cancers.
  • the compounds of the present invention significantly suppress vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation by inhibition of DNA synthesis in [ 3 H]- thymidine incorporation experiments.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used for the prevention and treatment of restenosis, frequently occurred after percutaneous coronary intervention.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used for protection of preserving organs such as heart, kidney, liver, and tissues and for the protection of organs in major cardiovascular surgery.
  • the present invention includes pharmaceutical formulations which contain, in addition to non-toxic, inert pharmaceutically suitable additives, one or more than, one active ingredients according to the present invention and processes for the preparation of these formulations.
  • the present invention also includes pharmaceutical formulations in dosage units.
  • the dosage unit of each formulations for example tablets, coated tablets, capsules, pills, suppositories and ampules, contain the more than one active ingredients corresponding to a fraction or a multiple of an individual dose .
  • the dosage units can contain 1, 2, 3 or 4 times or 1/2, 1/3 or 1/4 active ingredients of an individual dose.
  • a dosage unit preferably contains the amount of active ingredients which is administered in one application or which usually corresponds to a whole, one half, one third or a quarter of a daily dose.
  • Non-toxic inert pharmaceutically suitable vehicle includes as solid, semi-solid or liquid diluents, fillers and formulation additives of all types.
  • Preferred pharmaceutical formulations are tablets, coated tablets, capsules, pills, granules, suppositories, solutions, suspensions and emulsions, pastes, ointments, gels, creams, lotions, dusting powders and sprays.
  • Tablets, coated tablets, capsules, pills and granules can contain more than one additives in addition to the active ingredient or ingredients, such as (a) fillers and diluents, for example starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol and silicic acid, (b) binders, for example carboxymethylcellulose, alg ates, gelatine and polyv ylpyrrolidone, (c) humectants, for example glycerol, (d) dismtegrants, for example agar, calcium carbonate and sodium carbonate, (e) solution retarders, for example paraffin, and (f) absorption accelerators, for example quaternary ammonium compounds, (g) wetting agents, for example cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, (h) adsorbents, for example kaolin and bentonite, and (1) lubricants, for example talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, and solid
  • the tablets, coated tablets, capsules, pills and granules can be provided with the customary coatings and shells, optionally containing opacify g agents, and can also be of a composition such that they release the active ingredient or ingredients only or preferentially in a certain part of the intestinal tract, if appropriate m a delayed manner, examples of embedding compositions which can be used being polymeric substances and waxes.
  • the active ingredient or ingredients can also be present in microencapsulated form with one or more of the above mentioned excipients .
  • Suppositories can contain, m addition to the active ingredient or ingredients, the customary water-soluble or water-insoluble excipients, for example polyethylene glycols, fats, for example cacao fat, and higher esters (for example, C 14 -alcohol with C 16 -fatty acid) or mixtures of these substances .
  • Ointments, pastes, creams and gels can contain, in addition to the active ingredient or ingredients, the customary excipients, for example animal and vegetable fats, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures of these substances.
  • the customary excipients for example animal and vegetable fats, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures of these substances.
  • Dusting powders and sprays can contain, in addition to the active ingredient or ingredients, the customary excipients, for example lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances.
  • Sprays can additionally contain the customary propellants, for example chlorofluorohydrocarbons .
  • Solutions and emulsions can contain, in addition to the active ingredient or ingredients, the customary excipients, such as solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, for example water, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethylcarbonate , ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils, in particular cottonseed oil, groundnut oil, corn germ oil, olive oil, castor oil and sesame oil, glycerol, glycerol formal, tetrahydrofurfuyl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, or mixtures of these substances.
  • solvents such as solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers
  • solvents such as solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers
  • solvents such as solvents, solubilizing agents and emul
  • solutions and emulsions are also be in a sterile form which is isotonic with blood.
  • Suspensions can contain, in addition to the active ingredient or ingredients, the customary excipients, such as liquid diluents, for example water, ethyl alcohol and propylene glycol, and suspending agents, for example ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, or mixtures of these substances.
  • the customary excipients such as liquid diluents, for example water, ethyl alcohol and propylene glycol
  • suspending agents for example ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, or mixtures of these substances.
  • the formulation forms mentioned can also contain coloring agents, preservatives and additives which improve the smell and taste, for example peppermint oil and eucalyptus oil, and sweeteners, for example saccharin.
  • the therapeutically active ingredients should preferably be present in the abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations in a concentration of about 0.1 to 99.5, preferably about 0.5 to 95% by weight of the total mixture.
  • the abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations can also contain other pharmaceutical active compounds in addition to the compounds accrording to the present invention .
  • the abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations are prepared in the customary manner by known methods, for example by mixing the active ingredient or ingredients with vehicles .
  • the formulations mentioned can be used on humans and animals either orally, rectally, parenterally (intravenously, intramuscularly or subcutaneously) , intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally or locally (dusting ⁇ powder, ointment, drops) and for the therapy of infections in hollow spaces and body cavities.
  • Possible suitable formulations are injection solutions, solutions and suspensions for oral therapy and gels, infusion formulations, emulsions', ointments or drops, ophthalmological and dermatological formulations, silver salts and other salts, eardrops, eye ointments, dusting powders or solutions can be used for local therapy.
  • intake can also be in suitable formulations via the feed or drinking water.
  • Gels, powders, dusting powders, tablets, delayed release tablets, premixes, concentrates, granules, pellets, boli, capsules, aerosols, sprays and inhalants can furthermore be used on humans and animals.
  • the compounds according to the present invention can moreover be incorporated into other carrier materials, such as for example, plastics (chain of plastic for local therapy) , collagen or bone cement.
  • plastics chain of plastic for local therapy
  • collagen or bone cement a carrier materials
  • the particular optimum dosage and mode of administration required for the active ingredient can be determined by any expert on the basis of his expert knowledge.
  • the molecular structure of the compounds according to the present invention was identified by IR spectroscopy, UV spectroscopy, NMR spectroscopy, mass spectroscopy, liquid chromatography, X-ray diffraction, optical rotation analysis and elemental analysis.
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -6-nitro-2- methyl-2-d ime hox ymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4 - dihydro-2Jf-l-benzopyran and (2R, 3S, 4R) -6-nitro-2- methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3 , 4 - dihydro-2- ⁇ -l-benzopyran
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4S) -6-nitro-2- methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3 , 4 - dihydro-4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-2.ff-l-benzopyran and (2S, 3S, 4R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy -4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-4-amino-3 , 4-dihydro-2H-l- benzopyran
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2R, - 3R, 4S) -2-methyl-2- dime thoxyme thyl-3-hydroxy-4 -amino- 3, -dihydro-2 H- 1 - benzopyran and (2R, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl- 3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4 -dihydro-2 H-l-benzopyran 550 mg (2.37 mmol) of the epoxide compound prepared in the step 1 was dissolved in 20 ml of the saturated ammonia ethanol and the reaction mixture was stirred for 7 days at room temperature.
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S ) -6-nitro-2- methyl-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-2f_-l -benzopyran and (2R, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2-hydroxy methyl-3-hydroxy-4-ami o-3, 4-dihydro-2 H-l-benzopyran
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -6-nitro-2- methyl-2-methoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l -benzopyran and (2R, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2-methoxy methyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2- ( [1,3] dioxolan-2-yl) -6-nitro-3, -epoxy-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l-b enzopyran
  • the reaction was performed by the same method of the step 2 of preparation exmaple 11 except using the compound prepared in the above step 1 as a starting material.
  • the reaction was performed by the same method of the step 3 of preparation exmaple 11 except using the compound prepared in the above step 2 as a starting material.
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of preparation example 11 except using 1 g (3.77 mmol) of ( 2 S ) - 2 -me t hy 1 - 2 - dime t h ox yme t hy 1 - 6-nitro-2H-l-benzopyran and 2.80 ml of 2 , 2-dimethyl- 1 , 3-propanediol as a starting material.
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4S) -2-methyl-2- ( [ 1, 3] -5, 5-dimethyldioxan-2-yl ) -6-nitro-3 , 4 -epoxy-3, 4-dih ydro-2H-l-benzopyran
  • the reaction was performed by the same method of the step 2 of preparation exmaple 11 except using the compound prepared in the above step 1 as a starting material.
  • the reaction was performed by the same method of the step 3 of preparation exmaple 11 except using the compound prepared in the above step 2 as a starting material.
  • the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of preparation example 11 except using 1 g (3.77 mmol) of (2S ) -2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-6-nitro- 2H-l-benzopyran and 3.0 ml of ethanol as a starting material.
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4S) -2-methyl-2- diethoxyme thyl -6-nitro-3, 4-epoxy-3, -dihydro-2H-l- benzopyran
  • the reaction was performed by the same method of the step 2 of preparation exmaple 11 except using the compound prepared in the above step 1 as a starting material.
  • the reaction was performed by the same method of the step 3 of preparation exmaple 11 except using the compound prepared in the above step 2 as a starting material .
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 10 except using 500 mg of N-cyano-N' - ( 4-methoxyphenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 2.
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 1 except using 465 mg of N-cyano-N' - (4- methylphenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 2.
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 1 except using 465 mg of N-cyano-N'- benzylthiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 1.
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 10 except using 508 mg of N-cyano-N' - benzylthiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 2.
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 1 except using 800 mg of N-cyano-N' -( 4- chlorophenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 200 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 5.
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 10 except using 508 mg of N-cyano-N' - (2- chlorophenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 2.
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 10 except using 582 mg of N-cyano-N' - (2- trif luoromethylphenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 2.
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-cyano-3, 4 -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2 -methyl- 2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
  • benzylamine 0.42 ml of benzylamine.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at room temperature and extracted with 20 ml of water and 50 ml of ethyl acetate.
  • the organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the compound prepared in the preparation example 2 was separated by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl 4R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran .
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 360 mg of the compound prepared in the step 1 of example 48 as a starting material and 333 mg (2.43 mmol) of 4-methoxybenzylamine in place of (3, 4-dimethoxybenzyl) amine.
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 304 mg (0.62 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 50 as a starting material .
  • the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 358 mg (0.81 mmol) of the compound prepared in the step 1 of example 48 as a starting material and 458 mg (2.43 mmol) of 3-nitrobenzylamine HCI salt in place of (3 , 4-dimethoxy benzyl ) amine .
  • reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 443 mg (1.0 mmol) of the compound prepared in the step 1 of example 48 as a starting material and 525 mg (3.0 mmol) of ( 3-trif luoromethyl ) benzylamine in place of
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 278 mg (0.53 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 53 as a starting material.
  • Step 1 Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano imino) phenoxymethyl] amino] -6-methanesulfonyloxy-3 , 4- dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -me thy 1-2 -dimethoxyme thyl-2 H- 1- benzopyran
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 48 except using 58 mg (0.18 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 9 as a starting material .
  • the residue was purified by silica gel
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methanesulfonyloxy-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-di methoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzyl guanidine
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 64 mg (0.13 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 and 28 ul (0.26 mmol) .
  • Step 1 Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano imino ) phenoxymethyl ] amino] - 6-methanesulf onyloxy-3, 4 - dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -me thyl-2 -dime thoxymethyl- 2 H-l - benzopyran
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 55 except using 63 mg (0.19 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 10 as a starting material.
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methanesulfonyloxy-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-di methoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzyl guanidine
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 55 except using 75 mg (0.15 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 and 28 ul (0.26 mmol) .
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 1.07 g (2.3 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 23 as a starting material.
  • Step 1 Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano imino) phenoxymethyl] amino] -6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3- hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ([l,3]dioxolan-2-yl)-2H-l-benzopyran
  • reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 48 except using 400 mg (1.35 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 11 as a
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [1,3] dioxolan-2-yl) -2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 400 mg (0.1 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 as a starting material and 0.3 ml (2.7 mmol) of benzylamine in place of ( 3, 4-dimethoxybenzyl) amine .
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 200 mg (0.44 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 60 as a starting material.
  • the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [1,3] dioxan-2-yl) -2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 840 mg (1.85 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 as a starting material and 0.61 ml (5.56 mmol) of benzylamine in place of (3, 4-dimethoxybenzyl) amine .
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 350 mg (0.75 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 62 as a starting material.
  • Step 1 Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano i ino) phenoxymethyl] amino] -6-nitro-3, -dihydro-3- hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ([1,3] -5, 5-dimethyldioxan-2-yl) -2H-l-b enzopyran
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 60 except using l.i g (3.60 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 13 as a starting material.
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methy1-2- ( [ 1, 3] -5, 5-dime thyldioxan-2-yl ) -2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -benzyl guanidine
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 400 mg (0.81 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 64 as a starting material.
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 48 except using 234 mg (0.72 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 14 as a starting material.
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, 4 -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -diethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
  • Step 1 Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano imino)phenoxymethyl] amino] -6-methoxycarbonyl-3, 4 - dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxymetnyl- 2 H-l - benzopyran
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 48 except using 399 mg (1.28 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 15 as a starting material.
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methoxycarbonyl- 3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- dimthoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N 1 -benzylguanidine
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 397 mg (0.93 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 and 0.21 ml (1.98 mmol) of benzylamine as a starting material.
  • Step 1 Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano imino) phenoxymethyl] amino] -6-methoxycarbonyl-3, 4 - dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxymetnyl -2 H-l - benzopyran
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 48 except using 121 mg (0.39 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 16 as a starting material.
  • Step 2 Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methoxycarbonyl-3, 4 -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- dimthoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N -benzylguanidine
  • reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 131 mg (0.31 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 and
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 48 except using 0.97 g (3.24 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 17 as a starting material.
  • Step 2 Preparation of (3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 8- nitro-3, -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimthoxymethyl-2H- benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 1.16 g (2.6 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 and 0.85 ml (7.8 mmol) of benzylamine as a starting material.
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 298 mg (0.66 mmol) of the racemic mixture prepared in the example 70 as -a starting material.
  • the reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 298 mg (0.66 mmol) of the racemic mixture prepared in the example 70 as a starting material.
  • mice Male Sprague-Dawly rats (350-450 g, obtained from the Experimental Animal Team of the Korea Research Institute of Chemical Technology) were knocked unconscious by hitting the occipital region, sacrificed by cervical dislocation, and underwent thoracotomy. After being quickly removed, the thoracic aorta was deprived of the adipose tissue and cut into aortic rings of 3 mm width. The aorta was lightly rubbed with a modified Krebs Henseleit buffer (Physiological Salt Solution, PSS) soaked cotton club to remove the inner epithelial layer therefrom.
  • PSS Physiological Salt Solution
  • the vascular tissue While being suspended in an organ bath containing a physiological buffer, the vascular tissue was allowed to equilibrate under a resting tension of 2 g and then, stand for 1 hour at 37 °C for stabilization with a supply of a carbogen consisting of 95% 0 2 -5% C0 2 .
  • 3xl0 "6 M methoxamine was used to induce an intensive constriction in the vascular smooth muscle.
  • test compounds and controls were cumulatively added to the organ baths in concentrations of 1, 3, 10 and 30 uM so as to induce vasodilatation.
  • controls they were Cromakalim and BMS-180448 (the compounds of the chemical formula 2), both known to be the first generation K ATP activator with potent vasodilatation and cardioprotection effects.
  • Example 1 Example 2
  • Example 3 Vasodilation Anti-ischemic Anti-ischemic est Activity Activity Activity
  • Cromakalim had an IC., of 0.067 uM and showed a potent dilation effect on the isolated rat aorta constricted a * h methoxamine (3 uM) while BMS-180448 was 1.38 uM in IC , showing a vasodilatation activity twenty times as weak as Cromakalim.
  • the compounds of the present invention ranged, in IC 50 , from 9.78 uM to greater than 30 uM, so that their vasodilatation effects were, very little, even smaller than those of the controls, Cromakalim and BMS-180448.
  • the compounds according to the present invention play a role in protecting the heart .
  • the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives acting on the K ⁇ present in peripheral blood vessels dilate the blood vessels, decreasing the blood pressure. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention have more efficient cardioprotective effects by virtue of their low vasodilatation activity.
  • the compounds of the present invention are so low in the activity of dilating the blood vessels that they are improved in the selectivity for heart protective function.
  • mice Male rats (350-450 g, obtained from the Experimental Animal Team of the Korea Research Institute of Chemical Technology) were anesthetized by the intraperitoneal injection of pentobarbital at a dose of 75 mg/kg. After trachetomy, the rats were rendered to respire artificially at a rate of 60/min with a stroke volume of 10 ml/kg. Cannulars were inserted into the fermoral vein and the fermoral artery and used for drug administration and blood pressure measurement, respectively.
  • the body temperature has an important influence on the results.
  • a body temperature measuring probe was inserted into the rectum of each rat and the body temperature was constantly kept at 37 °C with the aid of a homeothermic blanket control unit.
  • a pressure transducer such as that manufactured by Grass Ins., MA, U.S.A., identified as Model Statham P23XL
  • the heart rate was measured by a tachometer, such as that manufactured by Gould Inc., OH, U.S.A., identified as Biotachometer .
  • all of the changes occurring were continuously recorded through the Gould 2000 chart recorder, manufactured by Gould Inc.
  • the left coronary artery was occluded according to the Selye H. method as follows.
  • the rats underwent a left thoracotomy operation for partial opening of the chest and the right-side chest was pressurized by the middle finger of the left hand to push the heart out.
  • LAD left anterior descending coronary artery
  • the heart was then repositioned in the thoracic cavity while both ends of the ligature were situated outside.
  • the opposite ligature ends were passed through a PE tube (PE100, 2.5 cm) and allowed to stand loose for 20 min for stabilization.
  • the rats were administered with 2 ml of a 1% Evans blue through an intravenous route. Subsequently, an excess of pentobarbital was intravenously injected to kill the rats, after which the heart was removed and then, deprived of the right ventricle and both atria. The left ventricle was cut horizontally to the heart apex into 5 or 6 slices which were weighed. From the surface of each slice, images were input with the aid of a Hi-scope into a computer installed with an image analyzing program (Image Pro Plus) . From the images input into the computer, the area of the normal blood stream tissue region which appeared blue in a computer monitor and the area which appeared colorless were measured.
  • Image Pro Plus image analyzing program
  • the percentage of the colorless area to the total area of each slice was calculated and multiplied by the weight of each slice to determine the area at risk (AAR) of each slice.
  • AAR area at risk
  • the AAR obtained from each slice was summed for all slices and the total AAR was divided by the total weight of the left ventricle to yield % AAR, as shown in the following mathematical formula 1 : [Mathematical Formula 1] ⁇ AAR of Each Slice
  • the compounds of the present invention are remarkably lower in vasodilatation activity than is BMS- 180448, they are far superior to the conventional drug in heart-selective anti-ischemic activity.
  • the compound of Example 40 was of very low vasodilatation activity (IC 50 >30 uM) with a myocardial infarction rate of as low as 30.25 %, so it shows much better heart selectivity upon vasodilatation than is BMS-180448.
  • the compounds of the present invention did not act to reduce the blood pressure. Consequently, the compounds of the present invention can be used as an agent for the treatment of ischemic heart diseases by virtue of their excellent protective activity against ischemic cardiovascular diseases.
  • 0.5 ml of blood was taken through a catheter inserted into the femoral artery each hour and used to measure the oxygen level in blood with the aid of an apparatus, such as that manufactured by Ciba-Corning, MA, U.S.A., identified as Blood Gas Analyzer 280. While monitoring the temperature obtained at the recta, the body temperature of the experimental animals was maintained constantly (38 °C) by controlling the temperature of the laboratory tables on which the animals were laid. With the aim of measuring the blood pressure and the heart rate, a heparinized catheter was inserted into the right femoral artery.
  • a pressure transducer such as that manufactured by Grass Ins., MA, U.S.A., identified as Model Statham P23XL, was used to measure the blood pressure.
  • the heart rate was measured by a tachometer, such as that manufactured by Gould Inc., OH, U.S.A., identified as Biotachometer .
  • all of the changes occurring during the experiment were continuously recorded through the Gould 2000 chart recorder, manufactured by Gould Inc.
  • the fifth intercostal space was incised to open the thorax and the LAD was separated from its surrounding tissues.
  • a silk ligature was hung around the LAD to occlude the LAD, later.
  • the LAD part upstream of the silk ligature was isolated from adjacent tissues and the blood flow was measured quantitatively.
  • a chart recorder such as that manufactured by MFE Ins., MA, U.S.A., identified as 1400 Thermal Chart Recorder was used.
  • polygraph such as Grass Model 7E
  • the electrocardiogram was measured and read (Lead II) .
  • a catheter was inserted into the left cephalic vein and fixed. After the operation, when all parameters were maintained stable, test compounds and vehicles were administered intravenously.
  • test drugs began to be infused through an intravenous route.
  • the infusion of the test drugs and the vehicle lasted for 40. min. (total dose 2 mg/kg, total PEG400 volume 4 ml or less) .
  • total dose 2 mg/kg, total PEG400 volume 4 ml or less was administered to maintain coronary flow for five hours .
  • the LAD was cannulated for perfusion with a Ringer's solution at the same pressure as the blood pressure .
  • a blue violet dye solution (1 mg/kg, 10 mg/ml) was injected into the left atrium, after which the heart was rendered to get an electric shock and removed.
  • the ventricles were transversely cut at an interval of 0.5 cm. Photographs were taken of the transverse sections of the resulting ventricle slices by a digital camera .
  • the tissue slices were incubated at 37°C for 30 mm 1 in 'a 1% 2,3,5- triphenyltetrazolium chloride phosphate buffer, 'followed'by taking photographs of the transverse sections with the digital camera.
  • the compounds of the present invention also showed considerably decreased values for the myocardial infarction rate in the area at r ⁇ sk(AAR) .
  • the solvent group showed a myocardial infarction rate to area at r ⁇ s (IZ/AAR) of 52.39 %, which indicates a serious damage in the myocardial muscle. Being measured to be 38.02 % in myocardial infarction rate, BMS-180448 showed a good anti-ischemic activity.
  • the myocardial infarction rate was decreased down to as low as 28.03 % (compound of Example 24) .
  • the compounds of the present invention exert excellent anti-ischemic action on beagle dog with superiority in anti-ischemic activity to the control BMS-180448. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention can be used as preventive or curative agents against the diseases related to ischemic heart disease.
  • FeS0 4 was added to a final concentration of 50 uM, and the cultures were maintained for 24 hours in a C0 2 incubator. During incubation, lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) was released into the medium upon neuronal death by the oxidative toxicity of iron. The extent of neuronal damage was assessed by measuring the amount of LDH secreted into the media. The protective effect of the compounds of interest on neurons was evaluated by calculating the LDH reduction rate of treatment group compared with that of the control group. The results are given in Table 3, below.
  • the compounds of the present invention protected neurons from being damaged by iron in a dose-dependent manner.
  • the compound of Example 38 protected the neuronal death by as high as 56 % even at 10 uM.
  • the compound of Example 40 showed a protection rate of as high_ as 97 %, which demonstrates that the compound has very potent protective activity against the iron-included damage to neurons.
  • the compounds of the present invention showed an excellent protective effects on neurons, they can be used as preventive or curative agents for the medical treatment of the neurological disorders caused by the damage or death of neurons, such as cerebral stroke and dementia as well as for the medical treatment of inflammatory diseases such as arthritis, cardiac infarction, and acute/chronic tissue damage .
  • the rat brain was homogenized in a Krebs buffer (15 mM HEPES, 10 mM glucose, 140 mM NaCl, 3.6 mM KCI, 1.5 mM CaCl 2 , 1.4 mM KH 2 P0 4 , 0.7 mM MgCl 2 , pH 7.4) and the supernatant separated by centrifugation at 12,000 rpm for 10 min. was used for further experiments.
  • FeCl 2 was added to a final concentration of 400 uM in the brain homogenate which was then allowed to stand at 37 °C for 30 min. for the facilitation of oxidation.
  • Each of the test compounds was added at a concentration of 100 uM and vehicle was used as a control.
  • MDA malondialdehyde
  • the MDA quantification is achieved by reacting samples with 2-thiobarbitur ⁇ c acid (TBA) and measuring the absorbance at 530 nm.
  • TBA 2-thiobarbitur ⁇ c acid
  • N-methyl-2- phenylindole was used instead of TBA.
  • one molecule of MDA reacts with two molecules of N-methyl-2- phenylindole to form a chromogen which shows a maximal absorbance at 586 nm and requires no boiling steps.
  • Bioxytech R LPO-586 Kit was used for MDA quantification. The results are given m Table 4a, below. TABLE 4a
  • Example 7 100 70
  • Example 24 100 12
  • Example 40 100 100 . 79 As seen in Table 4a, the compounds of the present invention suppress the iron-induced lipid peroxidation. In particular, the compounds of Examples 7, 32 and 40 showed very potent inhibitory activity against the iron-induced lipid peroxidation with inhibitory effects of 70%, 86% and 79%, respectively.
  • EDTA-free LDL 100 ug LDL protein/ml was incubated in EDTA-free phosphate-buffered solution at 37 °C for 18 hr in the presence of CuS0 4 (10 uM) under pretreatment with the test compounds or tochopherol of which final concentrations were 10 " , 10", and 10 "5 M. Blank was incubated without CuSO , and vehicle was used as a solvent group. Oxidation was stopped at 4 r C by addition of EDTA (200 uM) . Copper (Cu +2 ) facilitates the oxidation of LDL to produce malondialdehyde (MDA) , thus the lipid peroxidation was determined by MDA quantification same as the above example 5 (1).
  • the MDA quantification was estimated by reacting samples with 2-thiobarbituric acid (TBA) and measuring the absorbance at 530 nm. 1, 1 , 3, 3-Tetramethoxy propane (Sigma) was used as a standard agent, and calculated the quantity of MDA as nmol of MDA equivalents per mg protein.
  • TSA 2-thiobarbituric acid
  • 1, 1 , 3, 3-Tetramethoxy propane (Sigma) was used as a standard agent, and calculated the quantity of MDA as nmol of MDA equivalents per mg protein.
  • the inhibitory effect of the test compounds against the lipid peroxidation was evaluated by calculating MDA reduction rate of the test compounds compared with that of the control group. The results are given in Table 4b, below.
  • the compound of example 40 significantly suppress the copper-induced LDL oxidation at concentration of 10 ⁇ 7 and 10 "5 M, which was similar to that of tocopherol .
  • A7r5 ATCC CRL-1444, smooth muscles, thoracic aorta, BDIX rat cells were cultured in 24 well plates, using the medium of DMEM (Dulbecco's modified Eagle's Medium) supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated FBS (fetal bovine serum) and 1% antibiotics. Confluent A7r5 from plates were washed with phosphate-buffered solution, and DMEM with 10% FBS and 1% antibiotics was added in a total volume of 0.5 ml/well.
  • DMEM Dynamicreduction medium
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • test compounds (10 ⁇ 6 - 10 4 M) or Tocopherol (10 "6 - 10 "4 M) at 37 °C for 30 min. Then, A7r5 alone or A7r5 plus H,0 : (10 ⁇ 7 M) were exposed to LDL (100 ug/ml) for 24 hr.
  • the inhibitory effect of the test compounds against the lipid peroxidation was evaluated by calculating MDA reduction rate of the test compounds compared with that of the control group same as the above example 5 (2) .
  • the results are given in Table 4c, below.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used for the prevention and treatment of neurodegenerative diseases such as cerebral stroke and dementia, inflammatory diseases such as arthritis, cardiac infarction, and acute/chronic tissue damage, which may be caused by the lipid peroxidation and its accumulation in tissues .
  • RPMI1640 media supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), RAW 264.7 cells (obtained from American Type Culture Collection), a murine macrophage cell line, were cultured at 37 °C in a 5% C0 2 incubator.
  • the RAW264.7 cells were harvested and cell density was adjusted to 5xl0 5 /ml with a RPMI medium supplemented with 0.5% FBS and plated at 5xl0 4 cells/well to 96-well plates, which were then cultured for 20 hr in a C0 2 incubator. After removal of the media, the cells were pre-treated for 1 hour with fresh media containing 33 uM and 100 uM of test compounds .
  • test compounds were dissolved in DMSO and diluted to respective concentration in the media.
  • the media were allowed to contain DMSO at a concentration of 0.1 % or less.
  • LPS lipopolysaccharide
  • the compounds of the present invention exhibited a dose-dependent behavior in inhibiting the induction of NO production by endotoxins such as LPS .
  • the compound of Example 38 inhibited the NO production by as high as 56 % even at as low as 33 uM.
  • 100 uM of the compounds of Examples 7 and 32 had inhibition rates of as high as 88% and 83%, respectively, showing that the compounds of the present invention exert .very potent inhibitory activity against the NO production induced by LPS.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used as preventive or curative agents for the medical treatment of neurological disorders such as cerebral stroke and dementia, which may be caused by the neuronal damage or ⁇ death due to a large amount of NO released as well as for the medical treatment of inflammatory diseases such as arthritis, cardiac infarction, and acute/chronic tissue damage .
  • mice Male Sprague-Dawley rats (350+50 g, SamYook Experimental Animals Co., Korea) were anesthetized by the injection of pentobarbital sodium at a dose of 40 mg/kg, after which the femoral vein and the artery were cannulated
  • the rats were reinfused with 5 ml of saline containing 0.84% bicarbonate sodium (bicarbonate saline) .
  • body temperature was maintained at 37+0.5 °C with the aid of a thermal blanket and incandescent light bulbs.
  • the body temperature was kept constant for 2 hours or more.
  • the rats were transferred to an animal observatory, which was under a homeostatic condition for temperature (27°C), humidity (60%) and light cycle (12-12 hours) .
  • the rats were sacrificed with a scaffold and the brain was removed rapidly (3 min) .
  • the removed brain was sliced into six 2-mm coronal sections with the aid of a brain matrix.
  • the sections were stained in a 2% 2 , 3, 5-triphenyltetrazolium chloride solution at 37 °C for 30 min. After photographs were taken of the stained sections, developed and printed, the percentages of the infarcted brain areas to the total brain were measured and analyzed using an image analyzing program (Image-Pro Plus ver. 3.0.1).
  • test compounds were peritoneally injected into the rats to a dose of 30 mg/kg.
  • vehicle was injected.
  • MK801 (RBI, (SR, 10S)-(+)-5- methyl-10, ll-dihydro-5H-dibenzo [a, d] cyclo -heptene-5, 10- imine hydrogen maleate) was administered at 3mg/kg with the same intervals.
  • test compounds The protective effects of the test compounds on the brain damage caused by brain ischemia-reperfusion were expressed as a reduction percentages of infarcted brain areas compared with those of the control group. The results are given in Table 6, below. TABLE 6
  • the comparative group in which rats were administered with MK801 at a dose of 3 mg/kg, had an infarct area of 29.8 %, which was reduced by 24.8 % compared with that of the control group.
  • the infarct area was measured to be 23.0 %, which was reduced by 42.0% compared with that of the control group. Therefore, the compound of Example 42 was twice as effective in the protective activity against the brain damage cause by brain ischemia- reperfusion as the conventional compound MK801.
  • the rats showed a side effect of low motility whereas when being administered with the compound of Example 40, the rats did not suffer from any side effects including behavioral change such as motility.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used as preventive or curative agents for the medical treatment of the neurological disorders such as cerebral stroke and dementia, which may be caused by the brain damage such as cerebral vascular occlusion induced by thrombi.
  • a polyester sponge with a size dimension of 5 mm x diameter 12 mm was used as a matrix for the growth of blood vessels. Inside each sponge, a polyethylene tube with a length of 5 mm was fixed by a thread. Sprague-Dawley rats were anesthetized by the intraperitoneal injection of chloral hydrate at a dose of 300 mg/kg. The rat's hair in the region between the neck and the dorsi was shaved and the bare regions were incised at a length of 10 mm to secure a hypodermic space large enough to accommodate the sponge. After being inserted to the hypodermic space, the sponge was secured for the tube not to rock. Except for when the drugs were administered, the tube hole was kept closed in order to prevent contamination.
  • Angiotensin II was employed.
  • Angiotensin II was dissolved in a phosphate buffered saline (PBS) . 50 ul of a 100 nmol solution was injected.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • the compounds of the present invention they were dissolved in PBS and injected at doses of 0.1, 0.3, and 1.0 mg/kg through the tube.
  • the vehicle PBS or Angiotensin II alone was injected at the same doses.
  • the suppressive effect of the test compounds against angiogenesis was measured 7 days after the injection.
  • Test Drug (mg/kg) (p.o) of 99 ⁇ TC (%) Control (PBS) - 30.3
  • Test Drug 1.0 3.38 p.o. per oral As apparent from the data of Table 7a, Angiotensin II induced the formation of new blood vessels by comparing the clearance of 99m Tc-DTPA between the PBS-administered control group (30.3 %) and the Angiotensin II-administered control group (44.71 %). When being administered at a dose of 0.1 mg/kg, the compound of Example 24 showed a 99m Tc-DTPA clearance of 26.90 %, which clearly demonstrates the suppressive effect of the compound against the angiogenesis.
  • the administration of the compound of Example 24 at doses of 0.3 and 1.0 mg/kg elicited 99ra Tc-DTPA clearances of 18.22 % and 3.38 %, respectively, showing that the compound of the present invention suppresses the formation of new blood vessels in a dose-dependent manner.
  • the compound of Example 24 showed almost complete suppression against the angiogenesis induced by Angiotensin II with the clearance of 99m Tc-DTPA as low as 3.38 %.
  • HUVEC Human umbilical vein endothelial cells, ATCC CRL-1730
  • tubulogenesis was induced m vascular endothelial cells by plating them onto the surface of Matrigel for several hours.
  • the effects on tube formation of the test compounds were compared with the vehicle treated controls, then confirmed their in vitro anti-angiogenic effect indirectly. The results are given in table 7b.
  • Example 10 + ++
  • Example 16 +/- +/-
  • HUVEC tube formation was inhibited at concentration of 10 uM, and strongly inhibited at concentration of 100 uM in the compounds of example 2, 10, 40, and 52, in a dose-dependent manner.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be usefully applied for the medical treatment of various diseases induced by angiogenesis, such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, AIDS complications, cancers, diabetic retinopathy, etc.
  • H 2 DCFDA is a non-polar compound that readily diffused into cells, where it is hydrolyzed by intracellular esterase to polar derivative H 2 DCF (2 ',7'- dichlorodihydrofluorescein) which can not cross the cell membrane, and thereby trapped within the cell.
  • H 2 DCF is low-fluorescent, but converted to high-fluorescent DCF
  • HUVEC Human umbilical Vascular Endothelial Cells
  • A7r5 Rat thoracic aorta smooth muscle cells
  • HUVEC were cultured in Kaighn's F12K medium supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated FBS, 0.1 mg/ml heparin sodium, 0.03-0.05 mg/ml ECGS (Endothelial cell growth supplement) and 1% antibiotics
  • A7r5 were cultured in DMEM supplemented with 10% heat inactivated FBS and 1% antibiotics.
  • HUVEC or A7r5 were preincubated for 30 min in the presence of test compounds (10 ⁇ 7 -10 ⁇ 5 M) . Thereafter, cells were stimulated with H 2 0 2 (10 ' ⁇ and 10 "5 M for 20 min), and then incubated in the dark for 2 hr at 37 °C in 50 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7.4) containing 5 uM H 2 DCFDA. The quantity of DCF fluorescence (485 nm excitation, 530 nm emission) was measured using Fluorescence plate reader (FL600, Biotek Instruments) . The results are given in Table 8
  • Example 10- 7 17. , 6 12.0
  • the compound of example 40 inhibited H,0 2 -induced ROS in HUVEC cells, which is similar or a little superior to that of tocopherol.
  • the compound of example 24 completely inhibited ROS at concentration of 10 "e and 10 "5 M.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used for the prevention and treatment of neurodegenerative diseases such as cerebral stroke and dementia; inflammatory diseases such as arthritis; atherosclerosis; cardiac infarction; and acute/chronic tissue damage, which may be caused by ROS.
  • the ORAC (Oxygen-radical absorbance capacity) assay is an in vitro method capable of assessing the radical absorbing capacity of a drug in a watery environment.
  • the method utilized ⁇ -PE ( ⁇ -phycoerythrin) as an indicator protein, and AAPH (2, 2 ' -azobis (2- amidinopropane) dihydrochloride) as a peroxy radical generator.
  • Reaction mixtures consisted of test compounds (10 ⁇ 6 M and 10 " M) , ⁇ -PE (1.76 x 10 "8 M), and AAPH (3 x 10 " 3 M) in 75 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7.0) .
  • a final volume of 2 ml was used in 24 well plates.
  • Test compounds were first dissolved in acetone and then added to the reaction mixture. Once AAPH was added, the reaction was initiated at 37 C C and the fluorescence (485 nm excitation, 590 nm emission) was measured every 5 min using Fluorescence reader (FL600, Biotek Instrument). The ORAC units were calculated based on the area under the fluorescence curve of ⁇ -PE in the presence of the test compound compared to the area generated by 1 uM Trolox. 1 ORAC unit represents the net protection provided by 1 uM Trolox. The results are given in table 9.
  • the compound of example 40 showed around 2 times higher ORAC units compared to those of .tocopherol and probucol at concentration of both 10 "£ and 10" : M, showing excellent radical absorbing capacity.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used for the prevention and treatment of neurodegenerative diseases such as cerebral stroke and dementia; inflammatory diseases such as arthritis; atherosclerosis; cardiac infarction; and acute/chronic tissue damage, which may be caused by free radicals.
  • Test compounds were dissolved in DMSO to prepare stock solution (100 mM) , which was diluted with physiological saline to the concentration of 100, 50 and
  • Test compounds were administered by vitreous injection before 30 min of ischemia.
  • the compound of example 40 protected neurons both in ganglion and innernuclear layers after retinal ischemia, in a dose dependent manner .
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used for the treatment of glaucoma, optical neuropathy, which may caused by ischemia.
  • the conduction velocity was calculated by dividing the distance between two stimulus points by the latency difference.
  • Lipoic acid 100 mg/Kg was used in conparison with the compound of formula 1 in recovery of impaired MNCV in diabetic rats.
  • the recovery (%) of MNCV was calculated according to the following mathematical formula 4. The results are given in table 11.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used for the prevention and treatment of diabetic neuropathy and diabetic peripheral disturbances.
  • N-Acetylaspartae ( ⁇ AA) and creatine (Cr) are markers of neuronal cells. Then it was confirmed that the value of lipid/ ⁇ AA ( ⁇ -acetylaspartae) and lipid/Cr (creatine) are correlated with the morphological change and severity of apoptosis on hypoxic brain damage.
  • New born rats (within 7 days, 10-15 g) were placed in hypoxic chamber for 2 hr to induce hypoxia, and test compounds were intraperitoneally injected before 1 hr of hypoxia. Proton MRS was obtained at 1 day after brain injury, then the value of lipid/NAA and lipid/Cr were determined.
  • the compound of example 40 reduced the value of both Lipid/NAA and Lipid/Cr significantly, which represented protection effect on brain injury. With excellent protection effect on hypoxic brain injury in newborn rats, the compounds of the present invention can be used for the prevention and treatment of infant asphyxia.
  • Radioactive medium was removed and cells were washed 3 times with DMEM (3 x 1 ml) to remove non-incorporated isotopes, and treated with an aqueous solution of 15% TCA (trichloroacetic acid) for at least 2 hr followed by addition of an aqueous solution of 0.2 N NaOH (0.25 ml) for 30 min.
  • the samples were filtered through glass microfiber filter (GF/B. Whatmann) under vacuum.
  • the test to confirm the toxicity of the compounds of formula 1 was carried out as follows. In this test six-week old SPF SD rats were used with two rats assigned to each group. The compounds of examples 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15, 19, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 44, 46, 47, 48, 49, 51, 52, 57, 58, 60, 62, 64, 67, 68, 69, 71 and 72 were suspended in 0.5% methyl cellulose, respectively, and administered orally at a single dose of 1 g/kg using a ball-tipped needle. The dosing volume was 10 ml/kg.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyrane Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to novel benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula (1), wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, n and * are each defined in specification, process for preparation thereof and pharmaceutical use of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives. The benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of the present invention can be used for protecting heart, neuronal cell or brain damage, preserving organs, and also the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives are pharmacologically useful for inhibiting NO generation, and for suppressing lipid peroxidation, angiogenesis or restenosis.

Description

BENZOPYRANYL GUANIDINE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR PREPARATION THEREOF, AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
CONTAINING THEM
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
1. Field of the invention
The present invention relates to novel benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1. It also relates to process for preparing the novel compounds and pharmaceutical formulations comprising one or more of the compounds as an active ingredient .
The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical use of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives. In particular, the present invention is pharmacologically useful in the protection of heart, neuronal cell or brain injury, or preserving organs, and also pharmacologically useful for inhibition of NO generation, lipid peroxidation, angiogenesis or restenosis. FORMULA 1
Figure imgf000004_0001
Wherein R,, R2, R3, Ri r R5, R6, n and * are each defined in specification.
2. Description of the Prior Art
Ischemic heart diseases usually occur as a result of myocardial ischemia, when the oxygen supply is significantly decreased compared to the oxygen demand due to the imbalance between them. In most cases, a coronary artery disorder was found to be a main reason of the ischemic heart diseases. If the inner diameter of coronary artery becomes narrow, the blood supply, resulting in oxygen supply, becomes insufficient, which can cause angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, acute cardioplegia, arrhythmia, and so on (G.J. Grover, Can . J. Physiol . 75, 309 (1997); G. D. Lopaschuk et al . , Science & Medicine 42 (1997) ) . Because ischemic heart diseases are also caused by other complex factors besides coronary artery disorders, drug therapy as well as operational method such as perculaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty (PTCA) is required for its treatment. For that purpose, several drugs are being used, including anti-thrombotic agents, arteriosclerosis curatives, especially by beta blockers, nitrate, calcium antagonists such as nifedipin, thromobolytics, aspirin, and angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors.
Differently from conventional potassium channel openers, the pyranyl guanidine compound (BMS-180448) represented by the following formula 2, has been reported to act selectively on ATP-sensitive potassium channels (K;TP) located in the heart (K. S. Atwal et al . , J. Mde . Chem . 36, 3971 (1993); K. S. Atwal et al . , J. Me . Chem . 38, 1966 (1995) ) . The BMS 180448 compound was found to protect ischemic hearts without a significant lowering of blood pressure, which gives the prospects for novel drug development as a cardioprotectant . FORMULA 2
Figure imgf000005_0001
Both global and focal ischemia initiate progressive cellular changes, which lead to ischemic brain injury (M.D. Ginsburg, Neuros Scientist 1 , 95 (1995)). Even after blood flow is restored, oxygen can enhance the biochemical reactions that generate free radicals, which can lead to a potential for "reperfusion injury" to occur. In order to prevent the brain injury caused by ischemia-reperfusion, the brain must be protected during ischemic period to avoid additional injury and pathological progressive cellular changes have to be minimized. For that purpose, neuroprotectives such as excitatory amino acid antagonists and anti-oxidants are being used.
Damage or death of neurons is known to be a main cause for various neurological disorders such as stroke, head trauma, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, infant asphyxia, glaucoma and daiabetic neuropathy, etc. (G. J. Zoppo et a l . , Drugs 54, 9(1997); I. Sziraki et al . , Neurosci . 85, 110(1998)) . Neurons are damaged by various factors and typically by increases in iron concentration, reactive oxygen species, and peroxidants within neurons (M. P. Mattson et al . , Methods Cell Biol . 46, 187 (1995); Y. Goodman et al . , Brain Res . 706, 328 (1996)).
An increase of iron concentration in neuronal cells induces the formation of highly reactive hydroxyl radicals. An excess of oxygen free radicals facilitates lipid peroxidation, so that peroxidants are accumulated in neurons. The reactive free radicals accumulated in cells are known to be responsible for inflammatory diseases such as arthritis; atherosclerosis; cardiac infarction; and neurodegenerative disease such as dementia as well as acute and chronic injury of tissues and organs caused by ischemia-reperfusion or by endotoxins via bacterial infection.
Therefore, therapeutic approaches to minimize the damage or death of neurons have been pursued, including the inhibition of lipid peroxidation, NO formation, and reactive oxygen species induced by endotoxins. To date, anti-oxidants are reported to ameliorate the neuronal damage and death caused by an increase of iron concentration within neurons. Much effort has been continued to develop pharmaceutical drugs which are able to prevent neuronal damage by oxidative stress (Y. Zhang et a i . r j. Cereb . Bl ood Fl ow Metab . 13, 378 (1993)) .
Infant asphyxia (IA), triggered by transient deficiency of oxygen supply during delivery, was reported to be caused by the reduction of energy production, damage of cell membrane due to oxygen free radical, release of excitatory neurotransmitters, change of intracellular ion concentrations including calcium, zinc, etc. IA is a major worldwide problem, because if IA is severe, the chances of mortality are high (around 1/3 of the cases) [C. F. Loid et. al . Physiol ogy and Behavior 68; 263-269 (2000)]. In addition, it can produce long term sequela such as movement disorders, learning disabilities, epilepsy, dystoma, mental retardation, and spasticity.
Antioxidant enzymes, allopuπnol, Vitamme C & E, free radical scavengers, inhibitors of excitatory neurotransmitters, calcium channel blockers such as nimodipme and flunarizme, inhibitors of NO formation, hyperglycemic and hypothermic therapy may be beneficial for the protection of brain injury, but their clinical application is still limited. Thus more intensive research is required to treat infant asphyxia properly.
Glaucoma, one of the leading causes of blindness, is defined as an optic neuropathy associated with characteristic changes in optic nerve. In humans, the optic nerve consists of 1 million axons from neurons whose perikarya reside primarily in the ganglion cell layer and, to a less extent, in the inner part of the inner nuclear layer. The excavated appearance of the optic nerve head in glaucoma is thought to be caused by the death and subsequent loss of ganglion cells and their axons [N.N. Osborne, et. Al . Survey of Ophthalmology, 43; suppl . S102- sl28 (1999)]. Neuroprotective agents in glaucoma may protect death of retinal neurons, in particular the ganglion cells, either directly or indirectly. A variety agents such as NMDA receptor antagonist, β-blockers, calcium antagonists, and antioxidants can be used to protect the death of retinal neurons induced by ischemia . Although the pathogenesis of diabetic neuropathy has not been clearly established, two main hypotheses have been proposed for it. One is metabolic abnormalities, and the other is blood flow deficits in peripheral nerve [K. Naka et . Al . Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice, 30 : 153- 162 (1995) ] . Acetyl-L-carnitine (ALC) by stimulating metabolism of lipid and improving impaired nociceptive responses of neurons, and Prosaptide by releasing neutrophic factors are in clinical trials. In addition, memantine, showing good effects on vascular dementia through the regulation of NMDA receptor, is pursuing clinical trial. Then, neuroprotective agents having a variety of mechanisms of action may be developed to treat diabetic neuropathy. The ratio of cancer in human diseases is being gradually increased. Angiogenesis, formation of new blood vessels, is recognized as the core process for growth and metastasis of solid tumors (Folkma, J. et al . , J. Biol . Chem . 267: 10931-10934 (1992)). Angiogenesis is controlled by inducers and inhibitors of angiogenesis. When the balance between them is broken, that is, when angiogenesis inducers prevail over angiogenesis inhibitors, a large quantity of new blood vessels are formed. Angiogenesis is closely related to various physiological phenomena, such as embryonic development, wound healing, chronic inflammation, hemangiomas, diabetic retinopathy, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, AIDS complications, and the growth and metastasis of malignant tumors (Forkman, J., Klagsbrun. M. Science 235: 442-447 (1987)). Angiogenesis includes a series of processes such as the migration, proliferation and differentiation of endothelial cells, and is an important prerequisite for the growth and metastasis of cancers. In detail, because the growing tumor cells require the formation of blood vessels from host cells, angiogenesis promoters derived from tumors stimulate to induce the angiogenesis into the tumor mass. Afterwards, the blood vessels formed around the malignant tumors facilitate to metastasize the tumor cells to other sites. Therefore, the inhibition of angiogenesis leads to the prevention of the growth and metastasis of cancers. As one of the important research areas for the developing of anti- cancer drugs, extensive attention is paid to the finding of angiogenesis inducers and angiogenesis inhibitors and the revealing of their working mechanisms.
Thus far, proteins such as prostamine and tumor necrotic factors, factors derived from cartilage tissues, and cortisone called angiostatic steroids and various steroid derivatives, have been found to be able to play roles as angiogenesis inhibitors. In particular, hydrocortisone exhibits anti-angiogenetic activity by cotreatment with heparin (Lee, A. et al . , Science 221: 1185-1187 (1983); Crum, R. et al . , Science 230: 1375-1378
(1985) ) . However, these compounds have a potential problem to treat cancers effectively owing to their cytotoxicity .
Percutaneous coronary interventions (PCI) play an important role in the management of coronary artery stenosis, narrowing of the lumen as a result of growth of an atherosclerotic plaque in the intima (inner coat) of the vessel, with success rate of more than 95%, but these are complicated by significant renarrowing of the artery
(restenosis) in 20-50% of patients within 6 months after the intervention (Bult, H. Tips , 21 ; 274-279 (2000)). The biology of restenosis is not completely understood, but the predominant cellular mechanisms that contribute to restenosis include thrombosis, vascular smooth muscle cell migration and proliferation, and adventitious scarring. Different form atherosclerosis, restenosis is not dependent on the concentration or composition of atherogenic plasma lipids .
Finding effective therapies for restenosis has been difficult because of incomplete understanding of biology of restenosis and the lack of suitable animal models. Some drug classes, glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa antagonist, antioxidant probucol, have recently demonstrated potential benefits in clinical trials (Bult, H. Tips , 21 ; 274-279 (2000)). Since restenosis is characterized by intensive proliferative activity, then development of drugs to reduce vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation are being pursued.
The intensive research on the development of compounds with the above-mentioned pharmacological efficacies by the inventors, found that the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives represented by the formula 1 have superior cardioprotective and neuroprotective activity from ischemia-reperfusion and hypoxic damage. The compounds also exhibit various pharmacological efficacies, including protection of neurons, prevention of lipid peroxidation and reactive oxygen species formation, protection of ischemic retina, improvement of impaired nociceptive responses in diabetic rats, inhibition of NO formation, and suppression of angiogenesis and restenosis. Thus the compound of the present invention can be useful in the prevention and treatment of various diseases related to cardiovascular system such as cardiac infarction and congestive heart failure; stroke; neuronal damage such as infant asphyxia, glaucoma, diabetic neuropathy and head trauma; oxygen free radical-related disease such as neurodegenerative diseases and atherosclerosis; angiogenesis such as cancers and diabetic retinopathy, or restenosis, and also can be used in protecting preserving organs such as heart, kidney, liver, and tissues and protecting organs in major cardiovascular surgery.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
One of the objectives of the present invention is to provide novel benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula
Another objective of the present invention is to provide process for the preparation of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives . Further objective of the present invention is to provide pharmaceutical use of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives. In particular, the present invention provides the use of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives for the protection of heart and brain from ischemic and hypoxia injury, neuroprotection, inhibition of NO formation, lipid peroxidation and reactive oxygen species generation, or suppression of and suppression of angiogenesis and restenosis .
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives represented by the following formula 1 and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. FORMULA 1
Figure imgf000014_0001
Wherein
Rx represents H, halogen, CF3, NO,, CN, Ora, 0(C=0)Ra, COORa, NH2, NHS(0)mRa, NH(C=0)Ra or S(0)mRa; Ra represents straight or branched alkyl group of
Figure imgf000015_0001
or aryl group; and m is an integer of 0-2,
R2 represents straight or branched alkyl group of
)
Figure imgf000015_0002
Ra is defined as above; Rb and Rc are independent each other and represent straight or branched alkyl group of respectively; and Z represents straight or branched alkyl group of C1-C5,
R4 represents OH, H, halogen, ON02 or 0(C=0)Ra; and Ra is defined as above; R5 and R6 are independent each other and represent H, halogen, straight or branched alkyl group of C1-C3, ORa, CX3, N02, C02Ra, -(C=0)Ra or S03Ra; Ra is defined above; and X represents halogen, and n is an integer of 0-2.
And * represents the chiral center.
In the formula 1, more preferably
R-, represents N02, CN, NH2 or S(0)mRa; Ra represents straight or branched alkyl group of C^C,, or aryl group; and m is an integer of 0-2,
R- represents CH;, R3 represents ( ) ; RD and R
Figure imgf000016_0001
are independent each other and represent straight or branched alkyl group of C1-C3, respectively; and Z represents straight or branched alkyl group of C^Cs,
R4 represents OH, H or 0(C=0)Ra; and Ra represents straight or branched alkyl group of C^C^-
R5 and R6 are independent each- other and represent H, halogen, straight or branched' alkyl group of C^C^ ORa, CX3 or N02; Ra represents straight or branched alkyl group of C^C,; and X represents halogen, and n is an integer of 0-2.
The present invention includes all the solvates and hydrates which can be prepared from benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1 in addition to benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1 and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
The present invention includes all the separate stereochemical isomers, i. e. diastereomerically pure or enantiomerically pure compounds which have one or more chiral centers at 2, 3 and 4-posιtions, in addition to the racemic mixtures or diastereomer mixtures of benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1. In case of having three chiral centers at 2, 3 and 4-positions, the 3,4-dihydro benzopyran derivatives according to the present invention are represented by the optical isomers such as (Ix) , (I2) , (I3) and (I4) (See the following formula 3) . FORMULA 3
Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000017_0002
Wherein Rlr R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and n are defined as above .
In particular, the preferable compounds of the present invention are:
1) (2R, 3R, 4S) -ΛT ' -cyano-W- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2 -methyl- 2 -dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) - ΛJ1 - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
2) (2R, 3S, 4R) -W ' -cyano-ΛJ- ( 6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2Jf-benzopyran-4-yl) • N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine; 3) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-
3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2JF-"-benzopyran-4-yl) ■ 2V' - (3-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
4) (2R, 3S, 4R) -AT ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) ■ N' - (3-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
5) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N1 ' -cyano-ΛJ- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) • N' - (4-nitrophenyl ) guanidine;
6) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-Λ7- ( 6-nitro-3 , 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2 f-benzopyran-4-yl)
N' - (3-trifluoromethylphenyl) guanidine;
7) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) N' - (3-trifluoromethylphenyl) guanidine; 8) (2R, 3R, 4S) -_V' ' -cyano-ΛJ- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-
3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2ϊ-benzopyran-4-yl) Λ/' - ( 4-methoxyphenyl) guanidine;
9) (2R, 3S, 4R) -ΛJ' ' -cyano-ΛJ- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2ϊ-benzopyran-4-yl) N' - ( 4-methoxyphenyl ) guanidine;
10) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) - N' - ( 4-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
11) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) ■ N' - ( 4-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
12) (2S, 3R, 4 S ) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) - N' - (3-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
13) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) ■ N' - ( 3-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
14) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) ■ N' - (3-trifluoromethylphenyl) guanidine;
15) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) N' - ( 3-trifluoromethylphenyl) guanidine;
16) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) N' - ( 4-methoxyphenyl ) guanidine ;
17) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2_ϊ-benzopyran-4-yl ) N' - (4-methoxyphenyl) guanidine;
18) (2R, 3R, 4S)-N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dιhydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2#-benzopyran-4-yl) N' - (4-methylphenyl) guanidine;
19) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nιtro-3, 4-dιhydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) N' - (4-methylphenyl) guanidine;
20) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nιtro-3, 4-dιhydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dιmethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) N' - (4-methoxybenzyl) guanidine;
21) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' "-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dιhydro- 3-hydroxy-2-meth l-2-dimethoxymethyl-2#-benzopyran-4-yl ) N' - ( 4-methoxybenzyl) guanidine;
22) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nιtro-3, 4-dιhydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methy 1-2 -dime thoxymethyl-2f_-benzopyran-4-yl)
N' -benzylguanidme;
23) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nιtro-3, 4-dιhydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) N' -benzylguanidme; 24) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nιtro-3, 4-dιhydro-
3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) N' -benzylguanidme;
25) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nιtro-3, 4-dιhydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dιmethoxymethyl-2_ϊ-benzopyran-4-yl ) N' -benzylguanidine;
26) (2R, 3R, 4S)-N' '-cyano-N- (3, 4-dihydro-3-hydr oxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2_ϊ-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - ( 4- chlorophenyl ) guanidine ; 27) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (3, 4-dihydro-3-hydr oxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2ff-benzopyr n-4-yl) -N' - (4- chlorophenyl ) guanidine;
28) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-hydroxymethyl-2fl-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
29) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyΛl-2-hydroxymethyl-2_ϊ-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
30) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-methoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N'
- (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
31) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-methoxymethyl-2iϊ-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - ( 4-chlorophenyl ) guanidine; 32) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-
3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2__"-benzopyran-4-yl ) - N' - (2-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
33) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) - N' - (2-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
34) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methy1-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) - N' - (2-trifluoromethylphenyl) guanidine; 35) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-
3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2F-benzopyran-4-yl) - N' - (2-trifluoromethylphenyl) guanidine;
36) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2fl-benzopyran-4-yl) - i' - (2-chlorobenzyl) guanidine;
37) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2 -benzopyran-4-yl) - N' - (2-chlorobenzyl ) guanidine ;
38) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-acetoxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -
N' -benzylguanidine;
39) ( 2S ) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine;
40) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2_ϊ-benzopyran-4-yl ) -
N' -benzylguanidine;
41) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-acetoxyamino-3, 4- dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyra n-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine; 42) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-methanesulfonylam ino-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2iϊ-b enzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine;
43) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-cyano-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) - N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
44) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-cyano-3, -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2f_-benzopyran-4-yl ) - N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine; 45) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-cyano-3, 4-dihydro-
3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) - N' -benzylguanidine;
46) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-cyano-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2Jf-benzopyran-4-yl) - N' -benzylguanidine;
47) (2S, 3S, 4R)-N' '-cyano-N- (6-bromo-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2ff-benzopyran-4-yl) - N' -benzylguanidine;
48) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2 ;/-benzopyran-4-yl ) - N' - (3 , 4-dimethoxybenzyl ) guanidine;
49) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2J-benzopyran-4-yl ) - N' - (3 , 4-dιmethoxybenzyl ) guanidine; 50) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) - N1 - (4-methoxybenzyl) guanidine;
51) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) - N' - (4-methoxybenzyl) uanidine;
52) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2ff-benzopyran-4-yl ) - N' - (3-nitrobenzyl) guanidine;
53) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2f-benzopyran-4-yl) - N' - (3-trifluorom§thylbenzyl) guanidine;
54) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) - N' - (3-trifluoromethylbenzyl) guanidine;
55) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-methanesulfonyloxy -3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benz opyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine;
56) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methanesulfonyloxy -3, 4-dihydro-3-hydro y-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2i:f-benz opyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine ;
57) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2.H-benzopyran-4-yl ) - N' -benzylguanidine; 58) (2R, 3R, 4S)-N' '-cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) - N' -benzylguanidine;
59) (2R, 3S, 4R)-N' '-cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -
N' -benzylguanidine;
60) (2S, 3S, 4R)-N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [1,3] dioxolan-2-yl) -2Jf-benzopyran-4 -yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine; 61) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro-
3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [1,3] dioxolan-2-yl) -2f_"-benzopyran-4 -yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine;
62) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [1,3] dioxan-2-yl) -2H-benzopyran-4-y 1) -N' -benzylguanidine;
63) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [ 1 , 3] dioxan-2-yl ) -2fl-benzopyran-4-y 1) -N' -benzylguanidine;
64) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [1,3] -5, 5-dimethyldioxan-2-yl) -2H-b enzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine;
65) (2S, 3S, 4R)-N' '-cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [1, 3] -5, 5-dimethyldioxan-2-yl) -2H-b enzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine; 66) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-diethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N ' -benzylguanidine;
67) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-amino-3, -dihydro -3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-diethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) - N' -benzylguanidine ;
68) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-methoxycarbonyl-
3 , 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimthoxymethyl-2H-benzop yran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine; 69) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-methoxycarbonyl-
3 , 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimthoxymethyl-2H-benzop yran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine;
70) (3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (8-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3- hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimthoxymethyl-2W-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - benzylguanidine;
71) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (8-amino-3, 4-dihydro -3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimthoxymethyl-2f-benzopyran-4-yl) - N' -benzylguanidine; and
72) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (8-amino-3, -dihydro -3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimthoxymethyl-2iϊ-benzopyran-4-yl) - N' -benzylguanidine .
The more preferable compounds of the present invention are : (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro-3- hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine;
(2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3- hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2_:_'-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine; and
(2S, 3S, 4R) -N* ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3- acetoxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine .
The compounds of formula 1 may be used as pharmaceutically .. acceptable salts derived from pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptable free acids . These salts include but are not limited to the following: salts with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, stannic acid, etc. and organic acids such as citric acid, acetic acid, lactic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, gluconic acid, methanesulfonic acid, glycolic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, galacturonic acid, embonic acid, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, etc.
The acid salts of the compounds according to the present invention can be prepared in the customary manner, for example by dissolving the compound of formula 1 in excess aqueous acid and precipitating the salt with a water-miscible organic solvent, such as methanol, ethanol, acetone or acetonitrile. It is also possible to prepare by heating equivalent amounts of the compound of formula 1 and an acid in water or an alcohol, such as glycol monomethyl ether, and then evaporating the mixture to dryness or filtering off the precipitated salt with suction.
Also the compounds of formula 1 may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable ammonium, alkali metals or alkaline earth metals salts. The alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts of the compound of formula 1 can be obtained, for example, by dissolving the compound of formula 1 in equimolar amount of alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide solution, filtering from the undissolved materials and evaporating the filtrate to dryness. Sodium, potassium or calcium salts are pharmaceutically suitable. The corresponding silver salts are obtained by the reaction of an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salt with a suitable silver salt, such as silver nitrate.
In addition, the present invention provides processes for preparing of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1. In particular, the present invention provides processes for preparing of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1, represented by the following scheme 1 (Preparation Method I) .
SCHEME 1
Figure imgf000029_0001
Wherein Rl r R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and n are each defined as above .
The present invention also provides processes for preparing of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1, represented by the following scheme 2 (Preparation Method II). SCHEME 2
Figure imgf000030_0001
Wherein R1 R2 , R3, R4 , R5, R6 and n are each defined as above
In addition, the present invention provides processes for preparing of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of formula 1 by using the compound (I1) prepared in the scheme 1 or scheme 2, represented by the following scheme 3. SCHEME 3
Figure imgf000031_0001
Wherein Rl r R2 , R3, R , R5, R6 and n are each defined as above .
The substituents of Rlf R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 can be modified or 3, 4-double bond can be formed via the reaction represented by the above scheme 3.
The derivatives of formula 1 can be prepared separately as an optically active isomer by using the corresponding optical isomer as a starting material.
In case of using a racemic mixture as a starting material, the derivatives of formula 1 are prepared as a racemic mixture, and then the racemic mixture is separated into each optical isomers. The optical isomers can be separated by common chiral column chromatography or recrystallization. The compounds of formula 1 can be synthesized using the reactions and techniques described herein below. The reactions are performed in a solvent appropriate to the reagents and materials employed and suitable for the transformation being effected.
I. Preparation of Starting Materials
Aminoalcohol compounds (III) which were used as a starting material in scheme 1 or scheme 2, can be prepared by the reaction represented by the following scheme 4.
SCHEME 4
Figure imgf000032_0001
Wherein Rlf R2 and R3 are each defined as above, (OZ) represents a leaving group and Hal represents a halogen atom.
The method for the preparation of the epoxide compound (II) represented by the above scheme 4 is described in US Pat No. 5,236,935 and KR Pat. No. 096,546 which were acquired by the present inventors, in detail.
Also, the epoxide compound (II) can be prepared from propazylether derivatives (J. Med. Chem . 26, 1582 (1983)).
(1) Preparation of olefin compounds (VIII) Olefin compounds (VIII) exist as enantiomers (VIII-L and VIII2) such as formula 4. FORMULA 4
Figure imgf000033_0001
(VIII,) (vm2)
Wherein Rl r R2 and R3 are each defined as above,
Olefin compounds (VIII) can be obtained separately as an optically active olefin compound (VIIIj) and olefin compound (VIII-) of formula 4, respectively. The Olefin compound (VIII) can be prepared by the method disclosed in KR Pat. Appln . No. 96-7399 according to the present inventors .
The following scheme 5 shows the detail process for the preparation of the olefin compound (VIII) from an alcohol compound (VII) .
SCHEME 5
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000034_0002
1)separation of optical isomers 2) hydrolysis
Figure imgf000034_0003
(IVι) (IV2) dehydration dehydration
Figure imgf000034_0004
Wherein Rx, R: and R, are each defined as above (2) Preparation of epoxide compounds (II) Epoxide compounds (II and epoxide compounds (II2) can be prepared from the compound (VIII^ and epoxide compounds (II3) and epoxide compounds (II4) can be prepared from the compound (VIII2) as represented by the following scheme 6, by using the compound (VIII and the compound (VIII2) prepared in scheme 5 as a starting material, respectively. SCHEME 6
Figure imgf000035_0001
Wherein Rl f R2 and R3 are each defined as above.
The epoxide compounds (II and (II ) can be separated to each optical isomer, and all the separated epoxide compounds or the mixture thereof can be used in the next step. Also the epoxide compounds (II3) and (II4) can be separated, and all the separated epoxide compounds or the mixture thereof can be used in the next step. Epoxide compounds (II and (II2) and epoxide compounds (II3) and (II4) can be prepared from olefin compounds (VIIIj) and (VIII2) , respectively, by the preparation method disclosed in US Pat No. 5,236,935 and KR Pat. No. 096,546 which were acquired by the present inventors.
It is also possible to prepare optical isomers (II , (II2), (II3) and (II4) of epoxide compounds, respectively, from olefin compounds (VIII or (VIII3) , by using Mn(III) salen epoxidation catalysts (E. N. Jacobsen et al . , Tetrahedron Lett . , 38, 5055 (1991)). In case of using (R, R)-Mn(III) salen catalyst, epoxide compounds (IIχ) can be prepared from olefin compounds (VIII- and epoxide compounds (H3) from the olefin compounds (VIII2) . In case of using (S, S)-Mn(III) salen catalyst, epoxide compounds (II2) can be prepared from the olefin compounds (VIII and epoxide compounds (II4) from the olefin compounds (VIII2) . This epoxidation reaction is performed in mixture of methylene chloride and water by using NaOCl as an oxidizing agent .
(3) Preparation of a inoalcohol comopunds (III) Aminoalcohol compounds (III) are prepared by the reaction of the epoxide compound (II) with ammonia gas (NH3) or ammonium hydroxide (NH^OH) in the presence of a suitable solvent, in the above scheme 4. Preferred solvent are alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, etc. The reaction temperature may range from 5°C to the boiling point of the solvent employed.
In case of using each epoxide compound (IIX), (II2),
(113) and (II4) as a starting material, aminoalcohol compounds (III , (III2) , (III3) and (III4) can be obtained, respectively. In case of using a mixture of epoxy compound (IIX) and (II2) as a starting material, a mixture of aminoalcohol compounds (IIIJ and (III2) is obtained. And in case of using a mixture of epoxide compound (II3) and
(114) as a starting material, a mixture of aminoalcohol compounds (III3) and (III4) is obtained.
FORMULA 5
Figure imgf000037_0001
Wherein Rl r R2 and R3 are each defined as above FORMULA 6
Figure imgf000037_0002
σπ3) (HI,)
Wherein R-,, R2 and R3 are each defined as above. II. Preparation Method I
The method for the preparation of the compounds formula 1 comprises the step of reacting an aminoalcohol b compound (III) and a thiourea compound (IV) in the presence of a suitable condensing agent and a suitable solvent. The compound (I1), which is a compound of formula 1 with R4 = OH, is prepared by this reaction.
Examples of such condensing agents include 0 carbodiimide-type condensing agents such as
1- [3- (dimethylamino) propyl] -3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, and N, N' -dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, etc. More preferably water-soluble carbodiimide-type condensing agents are employed. 5 One to three equivalents of the condensing agent is preferable, to that of the aminoalcohol compound (III) . Also one to two equivalent of thiourea compound (IV) is preferable, to that of the aminoalcohol compound (III) .
> Preferred solvents are methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, tetrahydrofuran, 1 , 2-dιchloroethane, dioxane, etc.
Reaction temperature may range from 5 °C to 40 °C . In case of using each stereoisomer of the aminoalcohol compound (III) as a starting material, the product with the same configuration to that of the starting material is obtained, respectively. That is, the compounds { Iλ) , (I2), (I3) and (I4) of formula 1 can be prepared from aminoalcohol compounds (III^, (III2), (III3) and (III4), respectively. In case of using a mixture of aminoalcohol compounds (III and (III2) as a starting material, a mixture of compounds (Ix) and (I2) is obtained. And in case of using a mixture of aminoalcohol compounds (III3) and (III4) as a starting material, a mixture of compounds (I3) and (I4) is obtained. A mixture of the compounds of formula 1 can be separated to afford the separated optical isomers . The optical isomers can be separated by common column chromatography or recrystallization.
The thiourea compound (IV) used in the above reaction can be prepared by the reaction of an isocyanate compound (IX) with sodium cyanamide (NaHNCN) in ethanol as represented by the following scheme 7. SCHEME 7
Figure imgf000039_0001
(IX) (IV) Wherein R5, R6 and n are each defined as above.
III. Preparation Method II
Another method for the preparation of the compounds of formula 1 comprises
1) reacting an aminoalcohol compound (III) with diphenyl cyanocarbonimidate (X) in the presence of a base to prepare the compound (V) (step 1); and
2) reacting the compound (V) with an appropriate amine compound (VI) in a suitable solvent to prepare the compound (I') (step 2) .
The compound (I') which is a compound of formula 1 with R4 = OH, is prepared by this reaction.
In step 1, various inorganic and- organic bases can be employed. Examples of such inorganic bases include CaC03,
NaOH, KOH, Na2C03, NaHC03, etc. Examples of such organic bases include metal salts of alcohols such as sodium methoxide (CH3ONa) , sodium ethoxide (CH3CH2ONa) etc.; sodium acetate (CH3COONa) ; metal salts of ammonia; bicyclic amines such as 1, 8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene (DBU), l,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene (DBN) , etc.; triethylamine; N, N-dii sopropylethylamine ; pyridine; lutidine; N, N-dimethylaniline ; 4- (dimethylamino) -pyridine; 1, 4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO), etc. More prefereablly tertiary amines are employed such as triethylamine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1, 8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-6-ene, 4- (dimethylamino) - pyridine, etc.
One to three equivalent of the base is preferable, to that of the aminoalcohol compound (III). And one to two equivalent of diphenyl cyanocarbonimidate (X) is preferable, to that of the aminoalcohol compound (III). Preferred solvents are alcohols such as ethanol, isopropanol, etc., dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), chloroform, etc.
Reaction temperature is preferably maintained from 5°C to the boiling point of solvent employed.
In step 2, one to five equivalent of the amine compound (VI) is preferable, to that of the aminoalcohol compound (III ) .
Examples of the reaction solvent are alcohols such as ethanol, isopropanol, etc., dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, chloroform, methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran (THF) , etc.
Reaction temperature is preferably maintained from 5:C to the boiling point of solvent employed. in addition, the reaction of step 2 can be carried out in the presence of a base. Examples of such bases are mentioned as above.
In case of using each optical isomer of aminoalcohol compound (III) as a starting material, the product (I') with the same configuration of the starting material is obtained, respectively. In case of using a mixture of aminoalcohol compounds (III and (III2) as a starting material, a mixture of compounds (I3) and (I2) is obtained. In case of using a mixture of aminoalcohol compounds (III3) and (III4) as a starting material, a mixture of compounds
(Ij) and (I4) is obtained. A mixture of optical isomers can be separated to afford the separated optical isomers of compounds (I') . The optical isomers can be separated by common column chromatography or recrystallization .
IV. Preparation of compounds (I) from compounds (I')
The substituents Rl r R2, R3, R4, R5 or R6 can be modified to other functional groups, and a double bond can be formed at 3,4-position by the reaction of scheme 3. In this reaction, the compounds (I') are used as a starting material, which has been prepared by the above scheme 1 or scheme 2.
A starting material, reactants and the reaction condition are determined according to the structure of product, that is what are the substituents Rl r R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 and whether there is a double bond at 3, 4-position . Therefore the present invention includes all the reaction types, reactants and reaction condition by which it is possible to prepare the compound of formula 1.
Several processes for the preparation of the compounds of formula 1 according to scheme 3 are described below in detail. However, the description of the process should not be understood to limit the present invention.
(1) Introduction of acethoxy group at R4 Acetoxy group can be introduced at R4 by reacting the compound (I') with acetic anhydride in suitable solvent in the presence of a suitable catalyst as represented in the below scheme 8. SCHEME 8
Figure imgf000043_0001
(T) (I
Wherein Rl r R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and n are each defined as above . Preferred bases are mentioned as above. More preferably t r i e t h y 1 ami n e , pyridine or N, N-diisopropylethylamine is employed.
Preferred catalyst is 4- (dimethylamino) pyridine .
One to three equivalent of the base is preferable, to that of the compound (I'). And 0.05-0.5 equivalent of the catalyst is preferable, to that of the compound (I') .
Preferred solvents are methylene chloride, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile, etc. The reaction temperature is preferably 0-40 °C .
(2) Introduction of double bond at 3,4-position R4 is substituted with hydrogen atom and a double bond is formed at 3,4-position by reacting the acetate compound (Ia) prepared in the above scheme 8 with a suitable base in suitable solvent as represented in the below scheme 9. SCHEME 9
Figure imgf000044_0001
(U (Ib)
Wherein R-L , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and n are each defined as above . Preferred bases are mentioned as above. More preferably l, 8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, l, 5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] non-5-ene or 1, 4- diazabicyclo[2.2.2] octane is employed.
One to three equivalents of the base is preferable, to that of compound (Ia) .
Preferred solvents are toluene, benzene, xylene, dioxane, etc. The reaction temperature is preferably from 5°C to the boiling point of solvent.
(3) Introduction of NH2 group at Rx
The compound (Id) of formula 1 whose Rλ is NH2 can be prepared by the reduction of the compound (Ic) with Rx = N02 as represented in the below scheme 10.
SCHEME 10
Figure imgf000045_0001
Wherein R2, R3, R5, R6 and n are each defined as above The N02 group can be reduced to NH2 group by hydrogenation using metal catalysts such as platinum, palladium, palladium on carbon (Pd/C), Raney-nickel, etc. in a suitable solvent. Preferred solvents are alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, etc., and ethyl acetate.
In addition, the reduction of N02 group to NH2 group can be carried out by using a reducing agent such as NaBH4 in the presence of CuS04, Cu(OAc)2, CoCl, SnCl2 or NiCl2. At this time, preferred solvent is a mixture of water and methanol and room temperature for reaction temperature is preferred.
(4) Introduction of NH(C=0)Ra at Rx
The compound of formula 1 with Rx = NH(C=0)Ra can be prepared by the reaction of the compound (Id) prepared in the above scheme 10 with acylchloride- or acid anhydride in the presence of a base.
Preferred bases are mentioned as above. More preferably bases are employed such as triethylamine, N , N - d i i s op r op y 1 e t h y 1 a m i n e , pyridine or 4- (dimethylamino) pyridine . Preferred solvents are methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran and dioxane. (5) Introduction of -NHS(0)_,Ra at Rx
The compound of formula 1 with R = -NHS(0)mRa can be prepared by the reaction of the compound (Id) prepared in the above scheme 10 with alkylsulfonyl chloride or arylsulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base.
Preferred bases are memtioned as above. More preferably bases are employed such as triethylamine, N , N- d i i s op r o p y 1 e t h y 1 ami n e , pyridine and 4- (dimethylamino) pyridine . Preferred solvents are methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran and dioxane.
In addition, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions which contain the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of claim 1 or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts as an active ingredient. In particular, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions for protecting heart, protecting neuronal cells or protecting of brain injury, or protecting preserving organs, inhibiting NO generation and lipid peroxidation or suppressing angiogenesis and restenosis.
In the experiments using isolated rat aorta, the compounds of the present invention showed remarkably low vasorelaxant activity compared to the reference K_τp openers such as Cromakalim and BMS-180448. While the KATP openers have cardioprotective properties by exerting their effects on heart, those have vasorelaxant properties by acting on the KAT? located in smooth muscle. The vasodilation effect is unnecessary, probably contraindicated for ischemia, due to under perfusion of the tissue already at risk. In other words, the vasorelaxant effect of these compounds would limit their utility in treating myocardial ischemia. As mentioned above, the compounds of the present invention are nearly devoid of vasorelaxant activity, thus their cardiac selectivity might offer a higher margin of safety as cardioprotectants .
Accordingly, the compounds of the present invention are confirmed their antiischemic activity with significant improvement in cardiac selectivity. In the ischemic myocardium injury models of anesthetized rats, the compounds of the present invention exhibited equal or superior antiischemic activity compared to that of BMS- 180448. Further, in contrast to BMS-180448, the compounds of the present invention have noticeably low vasorelaxant activity and thus, they are far superior to the conventional drugs as cardiac selective cardioprotectants. In addition, in the ischemic myocardium injury models of anesthetized beagle dogs, the compounds of the present invention considerably reduced the size of infarct zone as a percentage of area at risk (%IZ/AAR) , which was superior to the reference BMS-180448.
As described above, the compounds of the present invention show almost no vasodilatation activity, but exert excellent anti-ischemic activity on various animals, so that they can be used for the prevention or treatment of the diseases related to myocardial ischemia, such as postischemic contractile dysfunction as well as a cardiprotective in myocardial infarction, angina pectoris and congestive heart failure.
In addition, the compounds of the present invention have an ability to protect neurons. In detail, the compounds of the present invention protect neurons from oxidative injury by iron dose-dependently . Also, the compounds of the present invention protect retinal cell death from ischemic damage dose-dependently, and represent neuroprotective effects by improving impaired MNCV (motor nerve conduction velocity) and nociceptive responses using hot plates in diabetic rats. And the compounds of the present invention protect hypoxic brain injury in newborn rats by decreasing the value of lipid/NAA (N-acetyl aspartate) and lipid/Cr (creatine) in proton MRS (magnetic resonance spectroscopy) . Therefore, the compounds of the present invention can be used as a neuroprotectives and can also be applied for the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders caused by the apoptosis or necrosis of neurons, such as stroke, cerebral dementia, infant asphyxia, glaucoma, diabetic neuropathy, and head trauma.
Further, the compounds of the present invention inhibit the lipid peroxidation induced by iron or copper and LDL (low density lipoprotein) oxidation in A7r5 (rat aortic smooth muscle cell), whose antioxidant effect was more significant when H202 was added. In addition, the compounds of the present invention inhibit ROS (reactive oxygen species) induced by H202 both in A7r5 and HUVEC cells, and remove oxygen radicals in ORAC (oxygen radical absorbance capacity) test using AAPH (2.2 ' -azobis (2- aminopropane) dihydrodichloride) as a -radical generator. Hence, the compounds of the present invention can be used as an antioxidant against lipid peroxidation and can be effectively applied for the medical treatment of the neurological disorders caused by the accumulation of free radical species within neurons, such as neurodegenerative diseases (stroke and dementia) , atherosclerosis and inflammation .
Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention inhibit NO (nitric oxide) formation induced by endotoxins such as lipopolysaccharide (LPS), dose-dependently. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention can be used as inhibitors against NO production and can be effectively applied for the treatment of inflammatory diseases such as arthritis, cardiac infarction, arteriosclerosis, and dementia, which are caused by the injury of tissues or organs as a result of the apoptoic or necroptic cell death due to accumulation of NO within the cells .
Moreover, the compounds of the present invention effectively protect the brain from ischemia-reperfusion injury. The compounds of the present invention have advantage over the reference MK801. While the MK 801- treated rats showed decreased motility as a side effect, rats treated with the compounds of the present invention did not show any significant side effects such as behavioral change. Hence, the compounds of the present invention can be used as a neuroprotective agent against brain ischemia-reperfusion damage and can be effectively applied for the treatment of various diseases caused by brain ischemic injury such as ischemic cerebral vascular occlusion induced by thrombi.
In the experiment of the formation of new blood vessels induced by angiotensin II, the compounds of the present invention effectively inhibit the angiogenesis. In particular, the compounds of the present invention are able to almost completely prevent the formation of new blood vessels in a dose-dependent manner. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention can be used as an angiogenesis inhibitor and can be usefully applied for the medical treatment of various diseases induced by angiogenesis, such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, AIDS complications, and cancers.
Also, the compounds of the present invention significantly suppress vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation by inhibition of DNA synthesis in [3H]- thymidine incorporation experiments. Hence, the compounds of the present invention can be used for the prevention and treatment of restenosis, frequently occurred after percutaneous coronary intervention.
Also, the compounds of the present invention can be used for protection of preserving organs such as heart, kidney, liver, and tissues and for the protection of organs in major cardiovascular surgery.
The present invention includes pharmaceutical formulations which contain, in addition to non-toxic, inert pharmaceutically suitable additives, one or more than, one active ingredients according to the present invention and processes for the preparation of these formulations.
The present invention also includes pharmaceutical formulations in dosage units.. The dosage unit of each formulations, for example tablets, coated tablets, capsules, pills, suppositories and ampules, contain the more than one active ingredients corresponding to a fraction or a multiple of an individual dose . For example the dosage units can contain 1, 2, 3 or 4 times or 1/2, 1/3 or 1/4 active ingredients of an individual dose. A dosage unit preferably contains the amount of active ingredients which is administered in one application or which usually corresponds to a whole, one half, one third or a quarter of a daily dose.
Non-toxic inert pharmaceutically suitable vehicle includes as solid, semi-solid or liquid diluents, fillers and formulation additives of all types.
Preferred pharmaceutical formulations are tablets, coated tablets, capsules, pills, granules, suppositories, solutions, suspensions and emulsions, pastes, ointments, gels, creams, lotions, dusting powders and sprays.
Tablets, coated tablets, capsules, pills and granules can contain more than one additives in addition to the active ingredient or ingredients, such as (a) fillers and diluents, for example starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol and silicic acid, (b) binders, for example carboxymethylcellulose, alg ates, gelatine and polyv ylpyrrolidone, (c) humectants, for example glycerol, (d) dismtegrants, for example agar, calcium carbonate and sodium carbonate, (e) solution retarders, for example paraffin, and (f) absorption accelerators, for example quaternary ammonium compounds, (g) wetting agents, for example cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, (h) adsorbents, for example kaolin and bentonite, and (1) lubricants, for example talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, and solid polyethylene glycols, or mixtures of the substances listed under (a) to (1) .
The tablets, coated tablets, capsules, pills and granules can be provided with the customary coatings and shells, optionally containing opacify g agents, and can also be of a composition such that they release the active ingredient or ingredients only or preferentially in a certain part of the intestinal tract, if appropriate m a delayed manner, examples of embedding compositions which can be used being polymeric substances and waxes.
If appropriate, the active ingredient or ingredients can also be present in microencapsulated form with one or more of the above mentioned excipients . Suppositories can contain, m addition to the active ingredient or ingredients, the customary water-soluble or water-insoluble excipients, for example polyethylene glycols, fats, for example cacao fat, and higher esters (for example, C14-alcohol with C16-fatty acid) or mixtures of these substances .
Ointments, pastes, creams and gels can contain, in addition to the active ingredient or ingredients, the customary excipients, for example animal and vegetable fats, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures of these substances. Λ
Dusting powders and sprays can contain, in addition to the active ingredient or ingredients, the customary excipients, for example lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays can additionally contain the customary propellants, for example chlorofluorohydrocarbons . Solutions and emulsions can contain, in addition to the active ingredient or ingredients, the customary excipients, such as solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, for example water, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethylcarbonate , ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils, in particular cottonseed oil, groundnut oil, corn germ oil, olive oil, castor oil and sesame oil, glycerol, glycerol formal, tetrahydrofurfuyl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, or mixtures of these substances.
For parenteral administration, the solutions and emulsions are also be in a sterile form which is isotonic with blood.
Suspensions can contain, in addition to the active ingredient or ingredients, the customary excipients, such as liquid diluents, for example water, ethyl alcohol and propylene glycol, and suspending agents, for example ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, or mixtures of these substances.
The formulation forms mentioned can also contain coloring agents, preservatives and additives which improve the smell and taste, for example peppermint oil and eucalyptus oil, and sweeteners, for example saccharin.
The therapeutically active ingredients should preferably be present in the abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations in a concentration of about 0.1 to 99.5, preferably about 0.5 to 95% by weight of the total mixture. The abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations can also contain other pharmaceutical active compounds in addition to the compounds accrording to the present invention .
The abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations are prepared in the customary manner by known methods, for example by mixing the active ingredient or ingredients with vehicles .
The formulations mentioned can be used on humans and animals either orally, rectally, parenterally (intravenously, intramuscularly or subcutaneously) , intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally or locally (dustingΛ powder, ointment, drops) and for the therapy of infections in hollow spaces and body cavities. Possible suitable formulations are injection solutions, solutions and suspensions for oral therapy and gels, infusion formulations, emulsions', ointments or drops, ophthalmological and dermatological formulations, silver salts and other salts, eardrops, eye ointments, dusting powders or solutions can be used for local therapy. In the case of animals, intake can also be in suitable formulations via the feed or drinking water.
Gels, powders, dusting powders, tablets, delayed release tablets, premixes, concentrates, granules, pellets, boli, capsules, aerosols, sprays and inhalants can furthermore be used on humans and animals. The compounds according to the present invention can moreover be incorporated into other carrier materials, such as for example, plastics (chain of plastic for local therapy) , collagen or bone cement. In general, it has proved advantageous in human medicine to administer the active ingredient or ingredients according to the present invention in total amounts of about 0.1 to about 100, preferably 0.1 to 20 mg/kg of body weight every 24 hours, if appropriate in the form of several individual doses, to achieve the desired results. However, it may be necessary to deviate from the dosages mentioned^ and in particular to do so as a function of the nature and body weight of the object to be treated, the nature and severity of the disease, the nature of the formulation and of the administration of the medicament and the period or interval within which -administration takes place .
Thus in some cases it can suffice to manage with less than the abovementioned amount of active ingredient, while in other cases the abovementioned amount of active ingredient must be exceeded. The particular optimum dosage and mode of administration required for the active ingredient can be determined by any expert on the basis of his expert knowledge. The molecular structure of the compounds according to the present invention was identified by IR spectroscopy, UV spectroscopy, NMR spectroscopy, mass spectroscopy, liquid chromatography, X-ray diffraction, optical rotation analysis and elemental analysis.
PREPARATION EXAMPLES
The starting materials (III) of scheme 1 or scheme 2 were prepared by the following preparation examples.
PREPARATION EXAMPLE 1> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S)- 6-nitro-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4- dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran and (2R, 3S, 4R) -6-nitro- 2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxymethy1 -3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4 - dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
(Step 1) Preparation of (2R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2- dimethoxymethyl-3, 4-epoxy-3, 4-dihydro-2fl-l-benzopyran
To a solution of 75 g (0.28 mol) of (2R)-6-nitro -2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-l-benzopyran in 1 L of acetone was added 1 L of water. To the mixture was added 84 g (0.99 mol) of sodium hydrogen carbonate and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. To the mixture was added 174 g (0.28 mol) of oxone and the mixture was strongly stirred. Sodium hydrogencarbonate and oxone were added to the mixture three times more every 15 min. The reaction mixture was filtered, acetone was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was extracted with ethyl acetate (500 ml X 2) . The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) to afford 76 g (yield : 95%) of the desired compound as a white solid.
(Step 2) Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -6-nitro-2- methyl-2-d ime hox ymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4 - dihydro-2Jf-l-benzopyran and (2R, 3S, 4R) -6-nitro-2- methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3 , 4 - dihydro-2-ϊ-l-benzopyran
8.8 g of the epoxide compound prepared in the step 1 was dissolved in -250 ml of the saturated ammonia ethanol and the reaction mixture was stirred for 7 days at room temperature. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:4) to recover 2.58 g of the starting material and to afford 5.6 g (yield : 60%) of the desired compound as a racemic mixture. PREPARATION EXAMPLE 2> Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4S)-6- nitro-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4- dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran and (2S, 3S, 4R) -6-nitro-2 -methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3,4- dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
(Step 1) Preparation of (2S) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2- dimethoxymethyl-3, 4-epoxy-3, -dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
To a solution of 5 g (19 mmol) of (2R) -6-nitro-2- methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-l-benzopyran in 100 ml of acetone was added 100 ml of water. To the mixture was added 5.6 g (66 mmol) of sodium hydrogen carbonate and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. To the mixture was added 11.6 g (19 mmol) of oxone and the mixture was strongly stirred. Sodium hydrogencarbonate and oxone were added to the mixture three times more every 15 min. The reaction mixture was filtered, acetone was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was extracted with ethyl acetate
(100 ml X 2 ) . The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) to afford 5.1 g (yield : 97%) of the desired compound, a white solid as a racemic mixture . (Step 2) Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4S) -6-nitro-2- methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3 , 4 - dihydro-4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-2.ff-l-benzopyran and (2S, 3S, 4R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy -4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-4-amino-3 , 4-dihydro-2H-l- benzopyran
5.1 g of the epoxide compound prepared in the step 1 was dissolved in 100 ml of the saturated ammonia ethanol and the reaction mixture was stirred for 7 days at room temperature. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:4) to afford 4.4 g (yield : 80%) of the desired compound ,as a racemic mixture.
PREPARATION EXAMPLE 3> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -2- methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, A - dihydro-2ϋ-l-benzopyran and (2R, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2- dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy- 4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-2iϊ-l- benzopyran
(Step 1) Preparation of (2R) -2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-3, 4-epoxy-3, 4-dihydro-2_ϊ-l-benzopyran
To a solution of 400 mg (1.82 mmol) of (2R) -2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2_?-l-benzopyran dissolved in 1 ml of DMSO was added 82 ul of distilled water. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to 0CC, and to the mixture was added 647 mg of N-bromosuccinimide slowly. After 30 min, 1 ml of water was added to the mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in 1 ml of dioxane-water (3:1) and 146 mg of NaOH was added to the mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 min at room temperature and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 10:1) to afford 358 mg (yield : 83%) of the desired compound as a racemic mixture .
(Step 2) Preparation of (2R, - 3R, 4S) -2-methyl-2- dime thoxyme thyl-3-hydroxy-4 -amino- 3, -dihydro-2 H- 1 - benzopyran and (2R, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl- 3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4 -dihydro-2 H-l-benzopyran 550 mg (2.37 mmol) of the epoxide compound prepared in the step 1 was dissolved in 20 ml of the saturated ammonia ethanol and the reaction mixture was stirred for 7 days at room temperature. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 340 mg (yield : 57%) of the desired compound as a racemic mixture.
PREPARATION EXAMPLE 4> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S)-6- nitro-2-methyl-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4-dihy dro-2tf-l-benzopyran and (2R, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2- hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3,4-dihydro-2H-l- benzopyran
(Step 1) Preparation of (2R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2- hydroxymethyl-3, -epoxy-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction with 708 mg (3.20 mol) of (2R) -6-nitro-2-me.thyl-2-hydroxymethyl-2H-l-benzopyran in place of (2R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2f- 1-benzopyran as a starting material, was performed by the same method to the step 1 of preparation example 1. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 2:1) to afford 625 mg (yield : 82%) of the desired compound as a racemic mixture.
(Step 2) Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S ) -6-nitro-2- methyl-2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-2f_-l -benzopyran and (2R, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2-hydroxy methyl-3-hydroxy-4-ami o-3, 4-dihydro-2 H-l-benzopyran
625 mg (2.63 mmol) of the epoxide compound prepared in the step 1 was dissolved in 10 ml of the saturated ammonia ethanol and the reaction mixture was stirred for 7 days at room temperature. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:5) to afford 328 mg (yield : 49%) of the desired compound as a racemic mixture.
PREPARATION EXAMPLE 5> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S)-6- nitro-2-methyl-2-methoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4-dihy dro-2H-l-benzopyran and (2R, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2- methoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3 , 4-dihydro-2H-l- benzopyran Λ
(Step 1) Preparation of (2R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2- methoxymethyl-3, 4-epoxy-3, 4-dihydro-2iϊ-l-benzopyran
The reaction with 580 ml g (2.47 mmol) of
(2R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2-methoxymethyI-2H-l-benzopyran in place of (2R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2ff -1-benzopyran as a starting material, was performed by the same method to the step 1 of preparation example 1. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 2:1) to afford 607 mg (yield : 98%) of the desired compound as a racemic mixture.
(Step 2) Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -6-nitro-2- methyl-2-methoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l -benzopyran and (2R, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2-methoxy methyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
607 mg (2.42 mmol) of the epoxide compound prepared in the step 1 was dissolved in 10 ml of the saturated ammonia ethanol and the reaction mixture was stirred for 7 days at room temperature. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:4) to afford 345 mg (yield : 53%) of the desired compound as a racemic mixture.
PREPARATION EXAMPLE 6> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R)-6- cyano-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3 , 4-di hydro-2H-l-benzopyran The reaction with 1.2 g (4.90 mmol) of
(2S) -6-cyano-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-l-benzopyran in place of (2R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl -2H-l-benzopyran as a starting material, was performed by the same method to the step 1 and step 2 of preparation example 1. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) to afford 0.65 g (yield : 48%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry. PREPARATION EXAMPLE 7> Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4 S ) -6-cyano-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4 - amino-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method to the preparation example 6. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) to afford 0.30 g (yield : 22%) of the desired compound of
(2S, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry.
PREPARATION EXAMPLE 8> Preparation of (2S, 3S,
4R) - 6-bromo-2-me thyl -2 -dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4 - ami no- 3, 4 -dihydrq- 2 H-l -benzopyran
The reaction with 1.6 g (5.35 mmol) of (2S) -6-bromo-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-l-benzopyran in place of (2R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl
-2H-l-benzopyran as a starting material, was performed by the same method to the step 1 and step 2 of preparation example 1. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:4) to afford ι.28 g (yield : 72%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3S,
4R) stereochemistry.
PREPARATION EXAMPLE 9> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -4-amino-6-methanesulfonyloxy-3, .-dihydro-3- hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction with 2.52 g (8.45 mmol) of (2S) -6-methanesulfonyloxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-l -benzopyran in place of (2R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2- dimethoxymethyl-2H-l-benzopyran as a starting material, was performed by the same method to the step 1 and step 2 of preparation example 1. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:5) to afford 1.74 g (yield : 62%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry.
PREPARATION EXAMPLE 10> Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -4-amino-6-methanesulfonyloxy-3, 4-dihydro-3- hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-l-benzopyran The reaction with 0.79 g (2.65 mmol) of
(2R) -6-methanesulfonyloxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-l -benzopyran in place of (2R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2- dimethoxymethyl-2H-l-benzopyran as a starting material, was performed by the same method to the step 1 and step 2 of preparation example 1. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1 : 5) to afford 0.60 g (yield : 68%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry. PREPARATION EXAMPLE 11> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2- ( [1, 3] dioxolan-2-yl) -6-nitro-3-hydroxy-4-a mino-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
(Step 1) Preparation of (2S) -2-methyl-2- ( [1, 3] dioxolan-2-yl) -6-nitro-2H-l-benzopyran
1 g (3.77 mmol) of (2S) -2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl -6-nitro-2H-l-benzopyran, 0.63 ml (11.31 mmol) of ethylene glycol and 71.7 mg (0.377 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid were dissolved in 20 ml of toluene, and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution and extracted with water and eζhyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 6:1) to afford 0.93 g (yield : 93%) of the desired compound.
÷H NMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.48 (s, 3H) , 3.91-3.97 (m, 4H) , 4.95(s, 1H) , 5.73(d, 1H) , 6.49(d, 1H) , 6.83(d, 1H) , 7.86 (d, 1H) , 8.01(dd, 1H)
(Step 2) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2- ( [1,3] dioxolan-2-yl) -6-nitro-3, -epoxy-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l-b enzopyran
Into 100 ml one-neck flask was poured 25.6 ml (14.08 mmol) of 0.55M aqueous NaOCl solution and 9.6 ml of 0.05M Na2HP04, and the mixture was allowed to cool to 0°C . To the mixture were added 0.93 g (3.52 mmol) of the compound prepared in the step 1 and 96.22 mg (0.176 mmol) of Jacobsen's catalyst (S, S) in 7 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture was stirred for 8 hours at room temperature and filtered on cellite pad to remove Jacobsen's catalyst. The methylene chloride layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 4Λ:1) to afford 470 mg (yield : 48%) of the desired compound. H NMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.57 (s, 3H) , 3.73(d, 1H) , 3.80-3.90(m, 4H) , 4.02 (d. 1H) , 4.96(s, 1H) , 6.88(d, 1H) , 8.13 (dd, 1H) , 8.29(d, 1H)
(Step 3) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2- ( [1, 3]dioxolan-2-yl) -6-nitro-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4 - dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
To a solution of 470 mg (1.68 mmol) of the compound prepared in the step 2 dissolved in 15 ml of ethanol was added 2.36 ml (16.3 mmol) of 25% NH.OH solution, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 5 days at 25:C. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:3) to afford 400 mg (yield : 80%) of the desired compound.
PREPARATION EXAMPLE 12> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2- ([1,3] dioxan-2-yl) -6-nitro-3-hydroxy-4-ami no-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran (Step 1) Preparation of (2S) -2-methyl-2-
( [1,3] dioxan-2-yl) -6-nitro-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction of 1 g (3.77 mmol) of (2S)-2- methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-6-nitro-2H-l-benzopyran with 2.73 ml of 1, 3-propanediol, was performed by the same method to the step 1 of preparation example 11. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 6:1) to afford 1 g (yield : 96%) of the desired compound.
(Step 2) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4S) -2-methyl-2-
( [1, 3]dioxan-2-yl) -6-nitro-3, 4-epoxy-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l- benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method of the step 2 of preparation exmaple 11 except using the compound prepared in the above step 1 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) to afford 0.57 g (yield : 54%) of the desired compound.
(Step 3) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2- ( [1, 3]dioxan-2-yl) -6-nitro-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4 - dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method of the step 3 of preparation exmaple 11 except using the compound prepared in the above step 2 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:3) to afford 0.46 g (yield : 76%) of the desired compound.
PREPARATION EXAMPLE 13> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R)-2-methyl-2-([l,3]-5,5-dimethyldioxan-2-yl)-6- nitro-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
(Step 1) Preparation of (2S) -2-methyl-2- ( [1, 3] - 5_ 5-dimethyldioxan-2-yl) -6-nitro-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of preparation example 11 except using 1 g (3.77 mmol) of ( 2 S ) - 2 -me t hy 1 - 2 - dime t h ox yme t hy 1 - 6-nitro-2H-l-benzopyran and 2.80 ml of 2 , 2-dimethyl- 1 , 3-propanediol as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 6:1) to afford 1.01 g (yield : 88%) of the desired compound.
(Step 2) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4S) -2-methyl-2- ( [ 1, 3] -5, 5-dimethyldioxan-2-yl ) -6-nitro-3 , 4 -epoxy-3, 4-dih ydro-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method of the step 2 of preparation exmaple 11 except using the compound prepared in the above step 1 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) to afford 0.62 g (yield : 58%) of the desired compound.
(Step 3) Preparation of (2S, " 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2- ( [ 1 , 3 ] -5 , 5-dimethyldioxan-2-yl ) -6-nitro-3-hydroxy-4- amino-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method of the step 3 of preparation exmaple 11 except using the compound prepared in the above step 2 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:3) to afford 0.53 g (yield :
82%) of the desired compound. PREPARATION EXAMPLE 14> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2-diethoxymethyl- 6-nitro-3-hydroxy-4- amino-3, 4 -dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
(Step 1) Preparation of (2S) -2-methyl-2-diethoxy methyl-6-nitro-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of preparation example 11 except using 1 g (3.77 mmol) of (2S ) -2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-6-nitro- 2H-l-benzopyran and 3.0 ml of ethanol as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 6:1) to afford 1.01 g (yield : 91%) of the desired compound.
(Step 2) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4S) -2-methyl-2- diethoxyme thyl -6-nitro-3, 4-epoxy-3, -dihydro-2H-l- benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method of the step 2 of preparation exmaple 11 except using the compound prepared in the above step 1 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) to afford 0.71 g (yield : 67%) of the desired compound.
(Step 3) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -2-methyl-2- diethoxymethyl-6-nitro-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l -benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method of the step 3 of preparation exmaple 11 except using the compound prepared in the above step 2 as a starting material . The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:3) to afford 0.65 g (yield : 86%) of the desired compound.
PREPARATION EXAMPLE 15> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -2- methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-6-methoxycarbonyl-3-hydroxy-4-am ino-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 and step 2 of preparation example 1 except using 1.41 g (5.32 mmol) of (2S) -2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-6-methoxycarbonyl-2H-l-benzopyran as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:4) to afford 0.86 g (yield : 52%) of the desired compound.
PREPARATION EXAMPLE 16> Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -2- methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-6-methoxycarbonyl-3-hydroxy-4-am ino-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 and step 2 of preparation example 1 except using 1.27 g (4.79 mmol) of (2R) -2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-6-methoxycarbonyl-2H-l-benzopyran as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:4) to afford 0.85 g (yield : 57%) of the desired compound.
PREPARATION EXAMPLE 17> Preparation of (3S, 4R) -2- methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-8-nitro-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, -di hydro-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 and step 2 of preparation example 1 except using 1.82 g (6.86 mmol) of (2S) -2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-8-nitro-2H-l-benzopyran as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:4) to afford 1.31 g (yield : 64%) of the desired compound.
EXAMPLES
The compounds of formula 1 were prepared by the following examples.
<EXAMPLE 1> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6- nitro-3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine
To a solution of 508 mg of N-cayno-N' - (4-chlorophenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg (1.68 mmol) of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 1 dissolved in 5 ml of DMF was added 418 mg of 1- [3- (dimethylamino) propyl] -2-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours at room temperature, and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml X 2) after acidifying the mixture by adding 10 ml of IN HCI. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 260 mg (yield : 33%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry.
X ΝMR (DMS0-d£, 300MHz) δ 1.35(s, 3H), 3.36 (d, 6H), 3.85(t, 1H) , 4.59(s, 1H) , 5.10(t, 1H) , 5.97(s, 1H) , 6.93(d, <EXAMPLE 2> Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6- nitro-3 , 4 -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 1. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:4) to afford
200 mg (yield : 25%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3S,
4R) stereochemistry.
'H ΝMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.23 (s, 3H) , 3.42 (d, 6H), 4.07(t, 1H) , 4.48(s, 1H) , 4.99(t, 1H) , 5.80(s, 1H) , 6.96(d,
1H) , 7.36(dd, 4H), 7.76(s, 1H) , 8.03(s, 2H) , 9.48(s, 1H)
<EXAMPLE 3> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6- nitro-3 , 4-dihydro- 3 -hydroxy- 2 -me thy 1-2 -dime thoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (3-chlorophenyl) guanidine
To a solution of 508 mg of Ν-cyano-Ν ' - (4- chlorophenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 1 dissolved in 5 ml of DMF was added 418 mg of i- [3- (dimethylamino)propyl] -2-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride. The reaction mixture was stirred for 6 hours at room temperature, and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml X 2) after acidifying the mixture by adding 10 ml of IN HCI. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 230 mg (yield : 29%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry. H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.35(s, 3H), 3.38 (d, 6H) , 3.88(s, 3H) , 4.59(s, 1H) , 5.11(s, 1H) , 5.97(s, 1H) , 6.94(d, 1H) , 7.28(m, 4H) , 7.79(d, 1H) , 8.04(m, 2H) , 9.49(s, 1H)
<EXAMPLE 4> Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6- nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyAran-4-yl) -N' - (3-chlorophenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 3. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:4) to afford 200 mg (yield : 25%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry. lH MR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.23(s, 3H) , 3.42 (d, 5H) , 4.08(t, 1H) , 4.49(s, 1H), 4.99(t, 1H) , 6.98(d, 1H) , 7.30(m, 4H) , 7.91(d, 1H) , 8.04(d, 2H) , 9.6(s, 1H)
<EXAMPLE 5> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6- nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl- 2H-benzopy ran- 4 -yl) -N1 - ( 4-nitrophenyl) guanidine To a solution of 532 mg of N-cyano-N ' - (4- nitrophenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 1 dissolved in 5 ml of DMF was added 418 mg of 1- [3- (dimethylamino)propyl] -2-ethylcarbodiimιde hydrochloride. The reaction mixture was stirred for 6 hours at room temperature, and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml X 2) after acidifying the mixture by adding 10 ml of IN HCI. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 210 mg (yield : 26%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry. lR NMR (DMSO-d€, 300MHz) δ 1.36(s, 3H) , 3.38(d, 6H) ,
3.88(t, 1H) , 4.60(s, 1H) , 5.12(t, 1H)', 6.2(s, 1H) , 6.97(d, 1H), 7.48(d, 1H) , 8.04(dd, 1H) , 8.11(s, 1H) , 8.20(d, 2H) , 8.33(d, 1H) , 10.07(s, 1H)
<EXAMPLE 6> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6- nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) - N ' - (3-trif luoromethyl phenyl) guanidine
To a solution of 500 mg of Ν-cyano- ' - ( -tri- f luoromethylphenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 1 dissolved in 5 ml of DMF was added 418 mg of 1- [3- (dimethylamino) propyl] -2-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours at room temperature, and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml X 2) after acidifying the mixture by adding 10 ml of IN HCI. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 250 mg (yield : 29%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry. l NMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.34 (s, 3H) , 3.38 (d, 6H) , 3.38(t, 1H), 4.59(s, 1H) , 5.10(t, 1H) , 6.0(s, 1H) , 6.94(d,
1H) , 7.52(d, 1H) , 7.57(m, 3H) , 7.86(d, 1H) , 8.02(dd, 1H) , 8.09(s, 1H)
<EXAMPLE 7> (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, 4- dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H- benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - ( 3-trif luoromethylphenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 6. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 200 mg (yield : 23%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry.
:H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.23(s, 3H) , 3.43(d, 6H) , 4.08(t, 1H) , 4.49(s, 1H) , 5.01(t, 1H) , 5.85(s, 1H) , 6.98(d, 1H), 7.49(d, 1H) , 7.60 (m, 3H) , 8.03(m, 3H) , 9.7(s, 1H)
<EXAMPLE 8> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6- nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-methoxyphenyl) guanidine
To a solution of 500 mg of N-cyano-N' - ( -methoxy phenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared,, in the preparation example 1 dissolved in 5 ml of DMF was added 418 mg of
1- [3- (dimethylamino) propyl] -2-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours at room temperature, and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml X 2) after acidifying the mixture by adding 10 ml of IN HCI. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 49 mg (yield : 6%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry.
'H ΝMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.24 (s, 3H) , 3.35(d, 6H) , compound of (2R, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry.
H NMR (DMSO-db, 300MHz) δ 1.24 (s, 3H), 3.35 (d, 6H), 3.70(s, 3H), 4.08(t, 1H) , 4.45(s, 1H), 5.64(d, 1H), 5.78(t, 1H), 6.93 (m, 3H), 7.24(cl, 2H) , 8.02(d, 2H) , 8.17(s, 1H), ^ 9.59(s, 1H)
<EXAMFLE 9> Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6- nιtro-3, 4-dihy dro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzoρyran-4-yl) -N' - ( 4-me hoxyphenyl) guanidine
] (i The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 8. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 3 :1) to afford 190 mg (yield : 24%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry. j', ri ΝMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.33(s, 3H) , 3.38 (d, 6H) ,
3.72(s, 3H) , 3.87(t, 1H) , 4.58(s, 1H) , 5.10(t, 1H) , 5.88(s, 1H) , 6.91(d, 3H) , 7.20(d, 3H) , 7.97(s, 1H) , 9.14 (s, 1H)
EXAMDLE 10> Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- 2C (6-nιτ_ro-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyI-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N1 - ( 4-chlorophenyl ) guanidine o a solution of 508 mg of N-cyano-Λ'' - ( 4- chlorophenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example hydrochloride. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours at room temperature, and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml X 2 ) after acidifying the mixture by adding 10 ml of IN HCI. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 260 mg (yield : 33%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry. XH NMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.35(s, 3H) , 3.37 (d, 6H) ,
3.85(t, 1H) , 4.59(s, 1H) , 5.11(t, 1H) , 5.97(s, 1H) , 6.93(d, 1H) , 7.35(dd, 4H) , 7.63(d, 1H) , 8.01(d, 2H) , 9.44(s, 1H)
<EXAMPLE 11> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4 -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 10. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 200 mg (yield : 25%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry.
XH ΝMR (DMS0-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.23(s, 3H) , 3.43(d, 6H) , 4.05(t, 1H) , 4.48(s, 1H) , 4.99(t, 1H) , 5.81(s, 1H) , 6.97(d, 1H), 7.37(dd, 4H), 7.76(s, 1H) , 8.03(s, 2H), 9.49(s, 1H) <EXAMPLE 12> Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl-2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (3-chlorophenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 10. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 188 mg (yield : 24%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry.
JH MR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.35(s, 3H), 3.43(d, 6H) , 3.88(t, IH) , 4.60(s, IH) , 5.11(t, IH) , 5.97(s, IH) , 6.95(d, IH), 7.17(d, IH) , 7.25(d, IH) , 7.34(d, 2H) , 7.79(d, IH) , 8.03(m, 2H) , 9.49(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 13> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3 -hydroxy- 2 -methyl- 2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (3-chlόrophenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 12. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 270 mg (yield : 34%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry.
2H ΝMR (DMSO-dj, 300MHz) δ 1.18 (s, 3H) , 3.43 (d, 6H) , 4.09(t, IH), 4.49(s, IH) , 5.00(t, IH) , 5.85(s, IH) , 6.98(d, IH), 7.29(d, IH) , 7.37(d, IH) , 7.40(m, 2H) , 7.91(d, IH) , 8.05(m, 2H)
<EXAMPLE 14> Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6- nitro-3, 4 -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (3-trifluoromethyl phenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 10 except using 582 mg of Ν-cyano- ' - (3- trif luoromethylphenyl ) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 2. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 220 mg (yield : 26%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry. IH ΝMR (DMS0-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.34 (s, 3H), 3.43 (d, 6H) ,
3.88(t, IH) , 4.60(s, IH) , 5.11(t, IH) ,' 5.95(s, IH) , 6.95(d, IH) , 7.45(d, IH) , 7.57 (m, 3H) , 7.88(d, IH) , 8.03(dd, IH) , 8.10(s, IH), 9.62(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 15> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro- 3, 4-dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (3-trifluoromethyl phenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 14. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 320 mg (yield : 37%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry. lti NMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.24 (s, 3 H) , 3.43(d, 6H) ,
4.08(t, IH) , 4.49(s, IH) , 5.01(t, IH) , 5.82(s, IH) , 6.98(d, IH) , 7.47(d, IH) , 7.57 (m, 3H), 7.98(d, IH) , 8.03(m, 2H) , 9.67(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 16> Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N-
( 6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl-2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-methoxyphenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 10 except using 500 mg of N-cyano-N' - ( 4-methoxyphenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 2. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 170 mg (yield : 21%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry .
XH ΝMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.33(s, 3H) , 3.36(d, 6H) , 3.72(s, 3H) , 3.86(t, IH) , 4.58(s, IH) , 5.09(t, IH) , 5.88(s, IH), 6.91(d, 3H), 7.20(d, 3H), 7.97(s, IH), 8.00(d, IH) <EXAMPLE 17> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N-
( 6-nitro-3, -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-methoxyphenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 16. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 270 mg (yield : 34%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry.
:H ΝMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.22 (s, 3H), 3.38 (d, 6H) , 3.72(s, 3H), 4.06(t, IH) , 4.45(s, IH) , 4.99(t, IH) , 5.75(s, IH) , 6.93(t, 3H), 7.20(d, 2H) , 7.35(s, IH), 8.01(s, IH) , 8.03(d, IH), 9.19(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 18> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S ) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-methylphenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 1 except using 465 mg of N-cyano-N' - (4- methylphenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 2. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 158 mg (yield : 21%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry . λH NMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.34 (s, 3H) , 2.26(s, 3H) , 3.37(d, 6H), 3.87(s, IH) , 4.59(s, IH) , 5.11(t, IH) , 5.93(s, IH) , 6.92(d, IH) , 7.16(s, 3H) , 7.38(d, IH) , 8.00(1H, 2H) , 9.24(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 19> Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3 -hydroxy- 2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - ( -methylphenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 18. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 250 mg (yield : 33%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry. lH ΝMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.22 (s, 3H) , 2.26(s, 3H), 3.38(d, 6H) , 4.06(t, IH) , 4.46(s, IH) , 4.99(t, IH) , 5.74(s, IH), 6.95(d, IH) , 7.16(s, 3H), 7.53ts, IH) , 8.02(d, 2H), 9.28(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 20> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N1 - (4-methoxybenzyl) guanidine The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 1 except using 530 mg of N-cyano-N' - ( 4-methoxybenzyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 1. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 134 mg (yield : 16%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry.
:H NMR (CDC13, 300MHz) δ 1.47(s, 3H) , 3.51(d, 6H) , 3.77(s, 3H), 3.80(d, 2H) , 4.44(t, IH) , 4.56(s, IH) , 5.32(m, IH) , 6.06(s, IH), 6.40(d, IH) , 6.90(m, 3H) , 7.12(m, 2H) , 7.30(d, IH) , 8.00(dd, IH) , 8.03(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 21> Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N-
( 6-nitro-3, 4 -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - ( 4-methoxybenzyl ) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 20. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 140 mg (yield : 17%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry.
:H ΝMR (CDC13, 300MHz) δ∑ 1.32(s, 3H) , 3.49(s, 6H) , 3.58(t, IH), 3.77(s, 3H) , 4.04(d, IH) , 4.41(s, IH) , 4.65(s, 2H) , 6.35(s, IH) , 6.88(dd, 4H) , 7.26(d, 2H) , 8.04(dd, IH) , 8.08(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 22> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (β-nitro-3, 4-dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dime thoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 1 except using 465 mg of N-cyano-N'- benzylthiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 1. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 260 mg (yield : 34%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry. λH ΝMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.24 (s, 3H) , 3.41 (m, IH), 3.44(d, 6H) , 4.04(m, IH) , 4.51(s, IH) , 4.76(s, 2H) , 5.70(s, IH), 6.98(d, IH) , 7.32(m, 4H) , 8.03 (m, 2H) , 8.16(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 23> Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 22. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 200 mg (yield : 26%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3S,
4R) stereochemistry. lH ΝMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.26(s, 3H) , 3.36(d, 6H) ,
3.44(d, IH) , 3.87(t, IH) , 4.44(d, 2H) , 4.56(s, IH) , 5.02(t,
IH) , 5.86(s, IH) , 6.94 (d, IH) , 7.29(m, 4H) , 7.75(t, IH) , 7.93(s, IH) , 7.99(dd, IH)
<EXAMPLE 24> Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4S ) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4 -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-me thyl-2 -dime thoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 10 except using 508 mg of N-cyano-N' - benzylthiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 2. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 170 mg (yield : 22%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry.
XH ΝMR (CDC13, 300MHz) δ 1.27(s, 3H) , 3.48(d, 6H) , 3.5(m, IH) , 4.02(d, IH) , 4.48(s, IH) , 4.75(s, 2H) , 6.0(s, IH) , 6.72(s, IH) , 6.87(d, IH) , 7.30 (m, 5H) , 8.0(d, IH) , 8.02(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 25> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3 , 4 -dihydro-3-hydroxy- 2 -methyl- 2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 24. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 190 mg (yield : 25%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry.
*H NMR (CDC13, 300MHz) δ 1.31 (s, 3H) , 3.44 (d, 6H) , 3.5(m, IH), 3.71(d, IH) , 4.47(s, IH) , 5.14(m, 2H) , 5.69(s, IH), 6.70(s, IH) , 6.58(d, IH) , 7.25(m, 5H) , 8.0(d, IH) , 8.02(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 26> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -W ' -cyano-N- (3 , -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benz opyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 1 except using 500 mg of N-cyano-N' - ( 4-chlorophenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 3. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1), to afford 170 mg (yield : 23%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry.
:H ΝMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.25 (s, 3H) , 3.37 (d, 6H) , 3.82(t, IH) , 4.52(s, IH) , 5.00(t, IH) , 5.45(s, IH) , 6.71(d, IH) , 6.90(t, IH) , 7.10 (m, 2H) , 7.24(d, 2H) , 7.38(d, 2H) , 7.54(d, IH) , 9.24(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 27> Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (3 , -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benz opyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 26. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 190 mg (yield : 26%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3S,
4R) stereochemistry.
XH ΝMR (DMS0-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.16(s, 3H) , 3.40(d, 6H) , 4.01(t, IH), 4.43(s, IH) , 4.92(t, IH), 5.48(s, IH) , 6.72(d, IH), 6.90(t, IH) , 7.15(m, 3H) , 7.31 (m, 4H) , 7.67(s, IH) , 9.29(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 28> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-hydroxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 1 except using 289 mg of N-cyano-N' - ( 4-chlorophenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 210 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 4. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 40 mg (yield : 11%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry . lti ΝMR (DMSO-dε, 300MHz) δ 1.35(s, 3H), 3.5(m, IH) , 3.75 (m, IH) , 4.95(t, IH), 5.2(t, IH) , 6.0(s, IH), 6.97(d, IH) , 7.4(11., 4H) , 7.7(d, IH) , 8.0 (m, 2H) , 9.51(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 29> Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3 , -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2-methyl -2 -hydroxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - ( 4-chlorophenyl ) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 28. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford
40 mg (yield : 11%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry.
XH ΝMR (DMS0-d€, 300MHz) δ 1.2 (s, 3H) , 3.65 (m, 2H) , 4.11(t, IH), 5.08(t, IH), 5.85(s, IH) , 7.01(d, IH) , 7.4 (m, 4H) , 7.9(d, IH) , 8.1(d, 2H) , 9.58(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 30> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-methoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - ( 4-chlorophenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 1 except using 800 mg of N-cyano-N' -( 4- chlorophenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 200 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 5. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 108 mg (yield : 32%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry . lti NMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.4 (s, 3H) , 3.15(s, 3H) , 3.45(d, IH) , 3.64(d, IH) , 3.8(t, IH) , 5.08(t, IH) , 6.09(s, IH), 6.94(d, IH), 7.34(dd, 4H) , 7.64(s, IH) , 8.01(d, 2H) , 9.5(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 31> Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-methoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 30. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 107 mg (yield : 32%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry. lti ΝMR (DMSO-d,;, 300MHz) δ 1.15 (s, 3H) , 3.3 (s, 3H) ,
3.45(d, IH) , 3.6(d, IH) , 4.06(t, lH),"5.00(t, IH) , 5.9(s, IH), 6.96(d, IH) , 7.34(dd, 4H) , 7.8(s, IH) , 8.0(m, 2H) , 7.48(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 32> Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, 4 -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (2-chlorophenyl) uanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 10 except using 508 mg of N-cyano-N' - (2- chlorophenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 2. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 188 mg (yield : 24%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry.
:H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.35(s, 3H), 3.43 (d, 6H) , 3.88(t, IH), 4.60(s, IH) , 5.11(t, IH) , 5.97(s, IH) , 6.95(d, IH) , 7.17(d, IH), 7.25(d, IH) , 7.34(d, 2H) , 7.79(d, IH) , 8.03(m, 2H), 9.49(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 33> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6- nitro- 3, 4 -dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (2-chlorophenyl) guanidine The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 32. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 270 mg (yield : 34%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry. IH ΝMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.24 (s, 3H) , 3.43 (d, 6H) ,
4.10(t, IH), 4.49(s, IH) , 5.00(s, IH) , 5.85(s, IH) , 6.98(d, IH) , 7.19(d, IH), 7.28(d, IH) , 7.35(m, 2H) , 7.90(d, IH) , 8.05(d, IH), 9.53(s, IH) <EXAMPLE 34> Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( β-nitro-3, 4 -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -me thyl-2 -dime thoxy methyl-2 H-ben zopyran-4-yl) -N' - (2-trif luoromethyl phenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 10 except using 582 mg of N-cyano-N' - (2- trif luoromethylphenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 2. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 220 mg (yield : 26%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry.
:H ΝMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.34 (s, 3H) , 3.43(d, 6H), 3.88(t, IH) , 4.60(s, IH) , 5.11(t, IH) , 5.97(s, IH) , 6.95(d, IH), 7.45(d, IH) , 7.60 (m, 3H) , 7.87(d, IH) , 8.03(dd, IH) ,
8.10(s, IH) , 9.62(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 35> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, 4 -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -me thyl-2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (2-trif luoromethyl phenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 34. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 320 mg (yield : 37%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry. lH NMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.24 (s, 3H), 3.43(d, 6H) , 4.08(t, IH), 4.49(s, IH) , 5.00(s, IH), 5.82(s, IH) , 6.98(d, IH) , 7.47(d, IH), 7.61(dd, 3H) , 8.03 (m, 3H) , 9.67(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 36> Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6 -nitro-3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (2-chlorobenzyl) guanidine The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 10 except using 540 mg of N-cyano-N' - (2-chlorobenzyl) thiourea sodium salt and 500 mg of the aminoalcohol compound prepared in the preparation example 2. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 73 mg (yield : 9%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry.
*H ΝMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.36(s, 3H) , 3.47 (d, 6H) , 3.68(s, IH), 4.13(m, IH) , 4.39(s, IH) , 4.52(s, 2H) , 5.57(s, IH) , 6.6(s, IH) , 6.88(m, IH) , 7.25(m, 6H) , 8.01(d, IH) , 8.16(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 37> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro- 3, -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2 -me thyl-2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (2-chlorobenzyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 36. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 100 mg (yield : 12%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3S,
4R) stereochemistry.
:H ΝMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.28 (s, 3H), 3.5(d, 6H), 3.6(s, IH) , 3.98(d, IH) , 4.53(m, 3H) , 5.61(d, IH) , 5.89(t, IH) , 6.88(d, IH), 7.25(m, 3H) , 7.40(d, IH), 8.02(m, 2H) , 8.14(s, IH)
<Example 38> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6 -nitro-3,4-dihydro-3-acetoxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine
To a solution of 68 mg (0.15 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 25 dissolved" in 3 ml of methylene chloride were added 21 ul of acetic anhydride, 42 ul of triethylamine and 2 mg of DMAP (4- (dimethylamino) pyridine) . The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours at room temperature and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml X 2) after adding 5 ml of water. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 67 mg (yield : 90%) of the desired compound. λH NMR (DMS0-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.3(s, 3H) , 1.25(s, IH) , 2. l(s, 3H), 3.3(s, 3H), 3.5(s, 3H) , 4.35(s, IH) , 4.52(s, 2H), 5.25(m, IH), 5.32(s, IH) , 6.98(d, 2H) , 7.38(s, 5H) , 8.15(d, 2H)
<EXAMPLE 39> Preparation of (2S) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro- 2 -methyl -2-dimethoxymethyl-2 H-benzopyran- 4 -yl ) -N ' - benzylguanidine
To a solution of 54 mg (0.11 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 38 dissolved in 2 ml of toluene was added 24 ul (0.1628 mol) of DBU . The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 hours at room temperature and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 31 mg (yield : 64%) of the desired compound.
XH ΝMR (DMSO-d6, 300MHz) δ 1.43(s, 3H), 3.29(s, 3H), 3.39(s, 3H), 4.21(s, IH) , 4.59(d, 2H) , 5.45(s, IH) , 7.02(d, IH), 7.36(m, 5H), 8.29(dd, 2H) , 8.82(d, IH) <EXAMPLE 40> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6 -amino- 3, -dihydro -3 -hydroxy-2 -me thyl-2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine
To a solution of 1.11 g of the compound prepared in the example 24 dissolved in 20 ml of methanol was added 10 ml of the saturated cupric acetate solution. To this mixture was added 276 mg of sodium borohydride slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature and extracted with 100 ml of ethyl acetate after adding 50 ml of water. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:3) to afford 576 mg (yield : 56%) of the desired compound. ÷H ΝMR (CDC13, 300MHz) δ 1.21(s, 3H), 3.58(s, 3H) ,
3.59(s, 3H) , 4.14(d, IH) , 4.30(s," IH), 4.45(d, IH) , 4.47(d,lH), 5.46(d, IH) , 6.60-6.66(m, 3H) , 7.32-7.36 (m, 5H)
<EXAMPLE 41> .Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N1 ' -cyano-N- ( 6-acetoxyamino-3 , 4 -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
To a solution of 50 mg of the compound prepared in the example 40 dissolved in 2 ml of methylene chloride were added 25 ul of triethylamine and 10 ul of acetyl chloride. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and extracted with 10 ml of water and 20 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 51 mg (yield : 92%) of the desired compound.
XH NMR (DMSO-d6, 200MHz) δ 1.15(s, 3H) , 1.96(s, 3H) , 3.38(s, 3H) , 3.51(s, 3H) , 3.98(m, 2H) , 4.30(s, IH) , 4.38-4.49(m, 2H) , 5.22(br s, IH) , 5.48(br s, IH) ,
6.64(d, IH) , 7.31(br s, 5H) , 7.61 (br s, IH) , 7.94(s, IH) , 9.76(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 42> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methanesulfonylamino-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2- me thyl-2- dime thoxymethyl -2H-ben zopyran-4-yl) - N ' - benzylguanidine
To a solution of 91 mg of the compound prepared in the example 40 dissolved in 2 ml of methylene chloride were added 45 ul of triethylamine and 20 ul of methanesulfonyl chloride. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and extracted with 10 ml of water and 20 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 90 mg (yield : 85%) of the desired compound.
:H NMR (CDC13, 200MHz) δ 1.25(s, 3H) , 2.90(s, 3H) , 3.57(s, 6H), 4.10(d, IH) , 4.25(d, IH) , 4.34(s, IH) , 4.43(d, IH) , 4.50(d, IH) , 4.61(t, IH) , 5.83(d, IH) , 6.78(d, IH) , 7.20-7.38(m, 7H) , 8.18(br s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 43> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N1 ' -cyano-N- ( 6-cyano-3, 4 -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -me thyl-2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine
To a solution of 100 mg of (2S, 3S, 4R) -6-cyano- 2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4-dihydro- 2H-l-benzopyran prepared in the preparation example 6 dissolved in 3 ml of DMF, were added 92 mg of N-cyano-N' - (4-chlorophenyl) thiourea sodium salt and 89 mg of 1- [ 3- (dimethylamino) propyl ] -2-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride. The reaction mixture was stirred for 6 hours at room temperature, and extracted with 30 ml of ethyl acetate after acidifying the mixture by adding 5 ml of IN HCI. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 70 mg (yield : 43%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3R, 4S) stereochemistry. lH NMR (CDC13, 200MHz) δ 1.36(s, 3H) , 3.49(s, 3H) , 3.53(s, 3H) , 3.58(t, IH) , 4.34(s, IH) , 4.99(t, IH) , 5.62(s, IH) , 6.86(d, IH) , 7.25-7.55(m, 5H) , 7.69(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 44> Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-cyano-3, -dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -me thy 1-2 -dime thoxy methyl -2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - ( 4-chlorophenyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 43 except using 99 mg (0.35 mmol) of (2S, 3R, 4S)-
6-cyano-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy -4-amino-3, -dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran prepared in the preparation example 7 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 68 mg (yield : 42%) of the desired compound. lti ΝMR (CDCI3, 200MHz) δ 1.50(s, 3H) , 3.44(s, 3H) , 3.48(s, 3H) , 3.66(t, IH) , 4.43(s, IH) , 5.24(d, 2H) , 6.84(d, IH) , 7.27-7.44(m, 4H) , 7.55(s, IH) , 8.53(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 45> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-cyano-3, 4 -dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
(Step 1) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano- imino) phenoxymethyl] amino] -3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2- methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-6-carbonitrile
To a solution of 150 mg of (2S, 3S, 4R)-6-cyano- 2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4- dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran prepared in the preparation example 6 dissolved in 3 ml of isopropanol-DMF (2:1), were added 141 mg of diphenyl cyanocarbonimidate and 97 ul of triethylamine . The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, and extracted with 10 ml of water and 30 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 182 mg (yield : 80%) of the desired compound.
(Step 2) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-cyano-3, 4 -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2 -methyl- 2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine To a solution of 182 mg of the compound prepared in the above step 1 dissolved in 2 ml of DMF was added 0.42 ml of benzylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at room temperature and extracted with 20 ml of water and 50 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 163 mg (yield : 68%) of the desired compound.
:H NMR (CDC13, 200MHz) δ 1.29(s, 3H) , 3.45(s, 3H) , 3.52(s, 3H) , 4.09(t, IH) , 4.35(s, 2H) , 4.43(d, IH) , 4.81(t, IH), 5.94(s, IH) , 6.83(d, IH) , 7.28-7.40 (m, 7H)
<EXAMPLE 46> Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-cyano-3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2 -me thyl-2-dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 and step 2 of example 45 except using 150 mg of (2S, 3R, 4S) -6-cyano-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-3- hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran prepared in the preparation example 7 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 160 mg (yield : 69%) of the desired compound. IH ΝMR (CDCI3, 200MHz) δ 1.35(s, 3H) , 3.43(s, 3H) ,
3.44(s, 3H) , 3.75(t, IH) , 3.82(s, 2H) , 4.47(s, IH) , 5.05(t, IH), 5.60(s, IH) , 6.81(d, IH) , 7.20-7.40(m, 7H)
<EXAMPLE 47> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( <EXAMPLE 47> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6 -bromo- 3, 4 -dihydro -3 -hydroxy-2 -me thyl-2 -dime thoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the 5 step 1 and step 2 of example 45 except using 98 mg of (2S,
3S , 4R) -6-bromo-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl
-3-hydroxy-4-amino-3, 4-dihydro-2H-l-benzopyran prepared in the preparation example 8 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane 10 : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 86 mg (yield : 83%) of the desired compound.
]H ΝMR (CDC13) δ 1.21(s, 3H) , 3.39(s, "3H) , 3.42(s, 3H) , 4.10(d, IH) , 4.29(s, IH) , 4.42(dd, 2H) , 4.65 (m, 2H) , 5.61(d, IH) , 7.20-7.40(m, 4H)
-> ~
<EXAMPLE 48> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, 4 -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy me t h yl- 2 H- benzopyran- 4 -yl) -N' - (3, 4-dimethoxybenzyl) guanidine 20 (Step 1) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano ltiuno) phenoxy ethyl] amino] -6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3- hyciroxy- 2 -methyl -2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran
The compound prepared in the preparation example 2 was separated by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl 4R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran .
To a solution of 400 mg (1.34 mmol) of (2S, 3S, 4R) -6-nitro-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran dissolved in 3 ml of DMF, were added 352 mg (1.48 mmol) of diphenyl cyanocarbonimidate and 243 ul (1.74 mmol) of triethylamine . The reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at room temperature and extracted with 20 ml of water and 30 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 498 mg (yield : 84%) of the desired compound.
(Step 2) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N-
(6-nitro-3, 4.^dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimet Tδxy methy1 -2 H-benzopyran- 4 -yl) -N' - (3, 4 -dimethoxybenzyl ) guanidine
To a solution of 327 mg (0.74 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 dissolved in 3 ml of DMF was added 371 mg (2.22 mmol, 3 eq) of (3,4- dimethoxybenzyl) amine. The reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at room temperature and extracted with 20 ml of water and 30 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 338 mg (yield : 89%) of the desired compound.
X NMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.33(s, 3H) , 3.53(s, 3H), 3.57(s, 3H) , 3.86(s, 3H) , 3.87(s, 3H) , 4.14(d, IH) , 4.38(s, IH), 4.24-4.50(m, 2H) , 4.82(br t, IH) , 6.15(s, IH) , 6.61(t, IH), 6.84 (m, 3H) , 6.92(d, IH) , 8.08(dd, IH) , 8.35(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 49> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-amino-3, 4 -dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl -2 H-benzopyran- 4 -yl) - N 1 - (3, 4-dimethoxybenzyl) guanidine
To a solution of 209 mg (0.41 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 48 dissolved" in 5 ml of methanol was added 0.5 ml (0.2 mmol, 0.5 eq) of 0.4M aqueous Cu(OAc)2 solution. To this mixture was added 155 mg (4.1 mmol, 10 eq) of sodium borohydride slowly for 30 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, extracted with 10 ml of ethyl acetate and filtered to remove a precipitated black solid. The filtered solution was extracted with 30 ml of ethyl acetate after adding 10 ml of the saturated aqueous ΝaHCO- solution. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 9:1) to afford 169 mg (yield : 85%) of the desired compound.
XH NMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.20(s, 3H) , 3.57(s, 6H), 3.87(s,6H), 4.29(s, IH) , 4.04-4.12(m, 2H) , 4.32-4.58(m, 2H) , 5.46(d, IH) , 6.50-6.69(m, 3H) , 6.84 (m, 3H) , 7.26(br s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 50> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N-
( 6-nitro-3 , 4 -dihydro-3-hydroxy- 2 -me thyl-2 -dime thoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-methoxybenzyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 360 mg of the compound prepared in the step 1 of example 48 as a starting material and 333 mg (2.43 mmol) of 4-methoxybenzylamine in place of (3, 4-dimethoxybenzyl) amine. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 343 mg (yield : 87%) of the desired compound. lH ΝMR (CDCl,, 200 MHz) δ 1.47(s, 3H), 3.51(d, 6H), 3.77(s, 3H), 3.80(d, 2H) , 4.44(t, IH) , 4.56(s, IH) , 5.32 (m, IH) , 6.06(s, IH), 6.40(d, IH) , 6.90(m, 3H) , 7.12 (m, 2H) , 7.30(d, IH) , 8.00(dd, IH) , 8.03(s, IH) <EXAMPLE 51> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N-
( 6-amino-3, 4 -dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (4-methoxybenzyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 304 mg (0.62 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 50 as a starting material . The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane
: ethyl acetate = 1:4) to afford 241 mg (yield : 85%) of the desired compound. "-H ΝMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.21(s, 3H) , 3.58(s, 6H) ,
3.81(s, 3H) , 4.15(d, IH) , 4.17(d, IH) , 4.30(s, IH) ,
4.36-4.54(m, 3H) , 5.48(d, IH), 6.52-6.71 (m, 3H) , 6.88(d,
2H), 7.09(br s, IH) , 7.24(d, 2H)
<EXAMPLE 52> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro- 3, 4 -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 "-methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (3-nitrobenzyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 358 mg (0.81 mmol) of the compound prepared in the step 1 of example 48 as a starting material and 458 mg (2.43 mmol) of 3-nitrobenzylamine HCI salt in place of (3 , 4-dimethoxy benzyl ) amine . The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 302 mg (yield : 74%) of the desired compound. lti NMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.18(s, 3H) , 3.43(d, 6H) , 4.09(t, IH), 4.49(s, IH) , 5.00(t, IH) , 5.85(s, IH) , 6.98(d, IH) , 7.29(d, IH), 7.37(d, IH) , 7.40 (m, 2H) , 7.91(d, IH) , 8.05(m, 2H)
<EXAMPLE 53> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro- 3, -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2 H-ben zopyran-4-yl) - N ' - (3-trifluoromethyl benzyl) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 443 mg (1.0 mmol) of the compound prepared in the step 1 of example 48 as a starting material and 525 mg (3.0 mmol) of ( 3-trif luoromethyl ) benzylamine in place of
(3, 4-dimethoxyenzyl) amine . The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 497 mg (yield : 95%) of the desired compound. τH ΝMR (CDCI3, 200 MHz) δ 1.33(s, 3H) , 3.55(s, 3H) , 3.59(s, 3H), 4.19(d, IH) , 4.38(s, IH) , 4.40(m, IH) ,
4.54 (d,lH) , 4.78 (m,lH) , 6.48(br s, IH) , 6.84 (br s, IH) , 6.94(d, IH) , 7.53(m, 5H) , 8.09(dd, IH) , 8.56(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 54> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N-
11 ( 6- amino- 3, 4- dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (3-trifluoromethyl benzyl ) guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 278 mg (0.53 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 53 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:4) to afford 192 mg (yield : 73%) of the desired compound. l ΝMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.23(s, 3H) , 3.59(s, 6H) , 4.16(d, IH), 4.31(s, IH) , 4.40-4.67(m, 3H) , 5.53(d, IH) , 6.57-6.74(m, 3H) , 7.31(br t, IH) , 7.46-7.59(m, 5H)
<EXAMPLE 55> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methanesulfonyloxy-3 , 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-di methoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzyl guanidine
(Step 1) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano imino) phenoxymethyl] amino] -6-methanesulfonyloxy-3 , 4- dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -me thy 1-2 -dimethoxyme thyl-2 H- 1- benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 48 except using 58 mg (0.18 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 9 as a starting material . The residue was purified by silica gel
12 chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 64 mg (yield : 74%) of the desired compound.
(Step 2) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methanesulfonyloxy-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-di methoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzyl guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 64 mg (0.13 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 and 28 ul (0.26 mmol) . The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 32 mg (yield : 49%) of the desired compound. H ΝMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.28(s, IH), 3.21(s, 3H) , 3.58(s, 3H), 3.59(s, 3H) , 4.15 (m, IH) , 4.35(s, IH) , 4.52 (m, IH), 4.63(m, IH) , 5.45(d, IH) , 6.87(d, IH) , 6.92(br s, IH) , 7.20-7.42(m, 6H)
<EXAMPLE 56> Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methanesulf onyloxy-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-di methoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzyl guanidine
(Step 1) Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano imino ) phenoxymethyl ] amino] - 6-methanesulf onyloxy-3, 4 - dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -me thyl-2 -dime thoxymethyl- 2 H-l - benzopyran The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 55 except using 63 mg (0.19 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 10 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 75 mg (yield : 79%) of the desired compound.
(Step 2) Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methanesulfonyloxy-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-di methoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzyl guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 55 except using 75 mg (0.15 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 and 28 ul (0.26 mmol) . The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 57 mg (yield : 74%) of the desired compound. lH ΝMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.26(s, 3H) , 3.16(s, 3H) , 3.41(s, 3H), 3.47(s, 3H) , 3.72(d, IH) , 4.43(s, IH) , 4.46(d, IH) , 5.02(t, IH), 5.25(d, IH) , 6.59(t, IH) , 6.84(d, IH) , 7.02-7.20(m, 2H) , 7.22-7.40(m, 4H)
<EXAMPLE 57> Preparation of (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6- amino- 3, 4 -dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 884 mg (1.94 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 24 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:3) to afford 313 mg (yield : 38%) of the desired compound.
XH NMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 1.41(s, 3H) , 1.75(br s, IH) , 3.39(s, 3H) , 3.45(s, 3H) , 3.46(d, IH) , 3.72(d, IH) , 4.40(s, IH), 4.46(d, 2H) , 4.78(d, IH) , 5.22(m, IH) , 6.41(m, IH) , 6.50(m, IH) , 6.59(d, IH) , 6.73(m, IH) , 7.30-7.37(m, 4H)
<EXAMPLE 58> Preparation of (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6- amino- 3, 4 -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 1.2 g (2.7 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 22 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:3) to afford 547 mg (yield : 48%) of the desired compound.
*H ΝMR (CDCl,, 500 MHz) δ 1.21(s, 3H) , 1.80(br s, 2H), 3.57(s, 3H), 3.58(s, 3H) , 4.10-4.13(m, IH) , 4.20-4.38(m, IH), 4.31(s, IH), 4.48(dd, IH) , 4.50(dd, IH) , 5.60(s, IH) , 6.58-6.79(m, 2b), 7.28-7.37(m, 6H) <EXAMPLE 59> Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4 -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-me thyl-2 -dime thoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N1 -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 1.07 g (2.3 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 23 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 589 mg (yield : 60%) of the desired compound.
XH ΝMR (CDC13, 500 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H) , 1.75 (br s, IH) , 3.39(s, 3H), 3.45(s,3H) , 3.46(d, IH) , 3.72(d, IH) , 4.40(s,lH) , 4.46(d, 2H) , 4.78(d, IH) , 5.22 (m, IH) , 6.41(m, IH) , 6.50(m, IH) , 6.59(d, IH) , 6.73 (m, IH) , 7.30-7.37(m, 4H)
<EXAMPLE 60> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [1, 3] dioxolan-2-yl) -2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N1 -benzylguanidine
(Step 1) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano imino) phenoxymethyl] amino] -6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3- hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ([l,3]dioxolan-2-yl)-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 48 except using 400 mg (1.35 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 11 as a
16 starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:3) to afford 400 mg (yield : 67%) of the desired compound.
IH NMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.40(s, 3H) , 3.2 (d, IH) , 3.81-3.92 (m, 4H) , 4.69(s, IH) , 5.15(t, IH) , 6.98(d, IH) , 7.15-7.42 (m, 5H) , 8.12 (dd, IH) , 8.30(d,lH)
(Step 2) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [1,3] dioxolan-2-yl) -2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 400 mg (0.1 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 as a starting material and 0.3 ml (2.7 mmol) of benzylamine in place of ( 3, 4-dimethoxybenzyl) amine . The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane :- ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 350 mg (yield : 85%) of the desired compound.
:H ΝMR (CDCI3, 200 MHz) δ 1.35(s, 3H) , 3.95-4.15 (m, 4H), 4.49(dd, 2H), 4.91(t, IH) , 5.05(s, IH) , 5.62(s, IH) , 6.61(t, IH) , 6.95(d, IH) , 7.29-7.41 (m, 5H) , 8.12 (dd, IH) , 8.21(d, IH)
<EXAMPLE 61> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyanc-N- (6-ammo-3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [1,3] dioxolan-2-yl) -2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 200 mg (0.44 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 60 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane
: ethyl acetate = 1:3) to afford 90 mg (yield : 48%) of the desired compound.
:H ΝMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.24(s, 3H) , 3.92-4.14 (m,
4H) , 4.45(dd, 2H) , 4.97(s, IH) , 5.51(d, IH) , 6.45-6.80(m, 3H) , 7.12(s, IH) , 7.25-7.42(m, 3H)
<EXAMPLE 62> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [1, 3] dioxan-2-yl) -2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
(Step 1) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano imino ) phenoxyme t hy 1 ] amino] -6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3- hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ([1,3] dioxan-2-yl) -2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 60 except using 700 mg (2.26 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 12 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford 840 mg (yield : 83%) of the desired compound. (Step 2) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [1,3] dioxan-2-yl) -2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 840 mg (1.85 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 as a starting material and 0.61 ml (5.56 mmol) of benzylamine in place of (3, 4-dimethoxybenzyl) amine . The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 750 mg (yield : 87%) of the desired compound.
Η ΝMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.31(s, 3H) , 1.4-1.52 (m, IH) ,
2.13-2.26 (m, IH) , 3.80-3.98(m, 2H) , 4.18-4.31(m, 3H) ,
4.45(dd, 2H), 4.75(s, IH) , 4.81(t, IH) , 5.81(s, IH), 6.75(t, IH), 6.96(d, IH) , 7.28-7.40(m, 5H) , 8.1(dd, IH) ,
8.35(d, IH)
<EXAMPLE 63> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (δ-amino-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [1,3] dioxan-2-yl) -2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 350 mg (0.75 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 62 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-he<ane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 278 mg (yield : 85%) of the desired compound.
:H NMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.23(s, 3H) , 1.40-1.50 (m, IH) , 2.12-2.22(m, IH) , 3.8-3.96 (m, 2H) , 4.15-4.32 (m, 3H) , 4.48(dd, 2H), 4.70(s, IH) , 5.41(d, IH) , 6.52-6.71(m, 3H) , 7.15(s, IH), 7.30-7.39(m, 5H)
<EXAMPLE 64> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' * -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methy1-2- ( [1, 3] -5, 5-dime thyldioxan-2-yl) -2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N1 -benzyl guanidine
(Step 1) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano i ino) phenoxymethyl] amino] -6-nitro-3, -dihydro-3- hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ([1,3] -5, 5-dimethyldioxan-2-yl) -2H-l-b enzopyran The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 60 except using l.i g (3.60 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 13 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford lg (yield :86%) of the desired compound.
(Step 2) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methy1-2- ( [ 1, 3] -5, 5-dime thyldioxan-2-yl ) -2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -benzyl guanidine
20 The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 1 g (2.1 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 900 mg (yield : 87%) of the desired compound. λ NMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 0.78 (s, 3H), 1.21(s, 3H) , 1.34(s, 3H) , 3.54(dd, 2H) , 3.76(d, 2H) , 4.20(d, 2H) , 4.44(dd, 2H), 4.65(s, IH) , 4.81(t, IH) , 5.82(s, IH) , 6.72(t, IH) , 6.96(d, IH) , 7.29-7.41(m, 5H) , 8.11(dd, IH) , 8.38(d, IH)
<EXAMPLE 65> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-amino-3, 4 -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methy1-2- ( [ 1 , 3] -5, 5-dime thyldioxan-2-yl) -2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzyl guanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 400 mg (0.81 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 64 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:3) to afford 350 mg (yield : 93%) of the desired compound. lti ΝMR (CDCl,, 200 MHz) δ 0.79(s, 3H) , 1.21(s, 3H) , 1.27(s, 3H) , 3.51(dd, 2H) , 3.74(d, 2H) , 4.2(d, IH) , 4.35(d, IH), 4.51(dd, 2H), 4.61(s, IH), 4.73(s, IH) , 5.44(dd, IH) , 6.52-6.75(m, 3H) , 7.16(s, IH) , 7.28-7.41 (m, 5H)
<EXAMPLE 66> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, 4 -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl- 2 -diethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine
(Step 1) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano imino) phenoxymethyl] amino] -6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3- hydroxy-2-methy1-2-diethoxymetny1-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 48 except using 234 mg (0.72 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 14 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 237 mg (yield : 70%) of the desired compound.
(Step 2) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, 4 -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -diethoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 217 mg (0.46 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 200 mg (yield : 90%) of the desired compound. :H NMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.29(m, 9H) , 3.74 (m, 5H) ,
4.20(d, IH) , 4.50 (m, 3H) , 4.83(br s, IH) , 5.92(m, IH) ,
6.52 (m, IH) , 6.90(d, IH) , 7.34(m, 5H) , 8.11(dd, IH) , 8.30(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 67> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-amino- 3, -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -me thyl-2 -die thoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 122 mg (0.25 mmol) of the compound prepared in the example 66 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:3) to afford 91 mg (yield : 80%) of the desired compound. lH ΝMR (CDCI3, 200 MHz) δ 1.25(m, 9H) , 3.78 (m, 4H) ,
4.18(d, IH) , 4.30(m, 4H) , 5.53(d,- IH) , 6.68(m, 3H) , 7.18(br, IH) , 7.36 (m, 5H)
<EXAMPLE 68> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-methoxycarbonyl-3 , 4 -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2- dimthoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
(Step 1) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano imino)phenoxymethyl] amino] -6-methoxycarbonyl-3, 4 - dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxymetnyl- 2 H-l - benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 48 except using 399 mg (1.28 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 15 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 397 mg (yield : 68%) of the desired compound.
(Step 2) Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methoxycarbonyl- 3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- dimthoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N1 -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 397 mg (0.93 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 and 0.21 ml (1.98 mmol) of benzylamine as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 270 mg (yield : 67%) of the desired compound. τ ΝMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.21(s, 3H) , 3.55(d, 6H) , 3.86(s, 3H) , 4.13(d, IH) , 4.17(s, IH) , 4.48 (m, 2H) , 5.77(d, IH) , 6.83(m, IH) , 6.85(d, IH) , 7.33(m, 4H) , 7.93(dd, IH) , 7.99(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 69> Prepa ration of ( 2R, 3 S , 4 R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methoxycarbonyl -3, 4 -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2 -methyl -2- dimthoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
(Step 1) Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyano imino) phenoxymethyl] amino] -6-methoxycarbonyl-3, 4 - dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxymetnyl -2 H-l - benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 48 except using 121 mg (0.39 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 16 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 131 mg (yield : 74%) of the desired compound.
(Step 2) Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methoxycarbonyl-3, 4 -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- dimthoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 131 mg (0.31 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 and
60 ul (0.61 mmol) of benzylamine as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 107 mg (yield : 79%) of the desired compound.
_1H ΝMR (CDC1,, 200 MHz) δ 1.26(s, 3H), 3.43(d, 6H), 3.82(d, IH) , 3.77(s, 3H) , 4.45(s, IH) , 4.48(m, 2H) , 5.64(d, IH), 6.8 Mm, IH) , 6.83(d, IH) , 7.29(m, 4H) , 7.80(dd, IH) , 7.84(s, IH)
<EXAMPLE 70> Preparation of (3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 8 -nitro-3, 4 -dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimthoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine
(Step 1) Preparation of (3S, 4R) -4- [ [ (cyanoimino) phenoxymethyl] amino] -8 -nitro-3, -dihydro-3-hydroxy -2-methyl-2-dimethoxymetnyl-2H-l-benzopyran
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 1 of example 48 except using 0.97 g (3.24 mmol) of the compound prepared in the preparation example 17 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 1.16 g (yield : 81%) of the desired compound.
(Step 2) Preparation of (3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 8- nitro-3, -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimthoxymethyl-2H- benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the step 2 of example 48 except using 1.16 g (2.6 mmol) of the compound prepared in the above step 1 and 0.85 ml (7.8 mmol) of benzylamine as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:2) to afford 0.94g (yield : 79%) of the desired compound as a racemic mixture of (2S, 3S, 4R) - and (2R, 3S, 4R) - stereochemistry. lti NMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.23(s, 3H) , 1.32(s, 3H) , 3.37-3.40(s, 3H), 3.48(s, 3H) , 3.84-3.87(d, IH) , 4.17-4.21(d, IH), 4.36-4.38(d, IH) , 4.41-4.45(d, IH) , 4.8(t, IH) , 5.04(t, IH), 5.82(d, IH) , 6.09(d, IH) , 6.82-6.96(m, 2H) , 7.27(s, 5H) , 7.57-7.69(q, IH)
<EXAMPLE 71> Preparation of (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (8 -amino- 3, 4 -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -me thyl-2 -dimthoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 298 mg (0.66 mmol) of the racemic mixture prepared in the example 70 as -a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:4) to afford 117 mg (yield : 42%) of the desired compound of (2S, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry.
*H ΝMR (CDCI3, 200 MHz) δ 1.25(s, 3H) , 3.58(s, 3H) , 3.8(s, IH) , 4.39-4.47(m, 4H),5.62(d, IH) , 6.58-6.61 (d, IH) , 6.74-6.78(d, IH) , 7.12(s, IH) , 7.27-7.34(m, 5H) <EXAMPLE 72> Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 8 -amino- 3, 4 -dihydro- 3-hydroxy-2 -me thyl-2 -dimthoxy methyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N1 -benzylguanidine
The reaction was performed by the same method to the example 49 except using 298 mg (0.66 mmol) of the racemic mixture prepared in the example 70 as a starting material. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane : ethyl acetate = 1:4) to afford 106 mg (yield : 38%) of the desired compound of (2R, 3S, 4R) stereochemistry. l ΝMR (CDC13, 200 MHz) δ 1.46(s, 3H), 3.41(s, 3H) , 3.46(s, 3H) , 3.73-3.81(m, 2H) , 4.44(s, IH) , 4.46(s, IH) , 4.87 (m, IH), 5.2 (m, IH) , 6.59-6.60(d, IH) , 6.63-6.76 (t, 2H), 7.26-7.36(m, 5H)
The compounds prepared in the - above examples were listed in Table 1.
Table 1
Figure imgf000131_0001
Table 1- continued
Figure imgf000132_0001
EXPERIMENTAL EXAMPLES
The following experiments were made on the compounds of the formula 1 to investigate their pharmacological actions .
EXPERIMENTAL EXAMPLE 1> Vasodilation Effects on Isolated Blood Vessels of Rats
The following experiment was conducted to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 dilate blood vessels .
Male Sprague-Dawly rats (350-450 g, obtained from the Experimental Animal Team of the Korea Research Institute of Chemical Technology) were knocked unconscious by hitting the occipital region, sacrificed by cervical dislocation, and underwent thoracotomy. After being quickly removed, the thoracic aorta was deprived of the adipose tissue and cut into aortic rings of 3 mm width. The aorta was lightly rubbed with a modified Krebs Henseleit buffer (Physiological Salt Solution, PSS) soaked cotton club to remove the inner epithelial layer therefrom. While being suspended in an organ bath containing a physiological buffer, the vascular tissue was allowed to equilibrate under a resting tension of 2 g and then, stand for 1 hour at 37 °C for stabilization with a supply of a carbogen consisting of 95% 02-5% C02.
Thereafter, the vascular tissue was constricted with
10"5 M phenylephrine and washed several times with PSS and this procedure was repeated again to ensure the stable reacivity of vascular smooth muscle to repetitive constriction/dilatation.
In addition, 3xl0"6 M methoxamine was used to induce an intensive constriction in the vascular smooth muscle. When the vasoconstriction induced by the methoxamine reached and maintained a maximum, test compounds and controls were cumulatively added to the organ baths in concentrations of 1, 3, 10 and 30 uM so as to induce vasodilatation. As for the controls, they were Cromakalim and BMS-180448 (the compounds of the chemical formula 2), both known to be the first generation KATP activator with potent vasodilatation and cardioprotection effects.
Following the addition of the drugs, the change in the maximal constriction induced by methoxamine was calculated to plot a concentration-dilation response curve. Through a linear regression analysis, IC50, the drug concentration at which the vascular tissue is 50% dilated, was obtained for each drug. The results are given in Table 2, below. TABLE 2
Vasodilatation and Anti-Ischemic Effect (Cardioprotective
Effect) of Compounds of Formula 1
Expermental Experimental Experimental
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Vasodilation Anti-ischemic Anti-ischemic est Activity Activity Activity
Drugs ιn Vitro, rat (in vivo, rats) (in vivo, dogs! aorta' IC50,uM ^0.3 mg/kg [2 mg/kg/40
1. V , mm, l . v ,
AAR/LV IZ/AAR AAR/LV IZ/AAR
' 9- \
Vehicle - 39.75 60.78 37.61 52.39
Cromakalim 0.067
BMS-180448 1.38 38.83 39.14 37.73 38.02
Exmp .15 14.07
Exmp.24 9.78 37. .92 48. .48 35.33 28.03
Exmp .25 >30 36, .88 48, .55
Exmp .32 3.57 42. .49 44. .72
Exmp .38 24.48 38. .26 51. .13
Exmp.41 >30 33 .59 30 .25
Exmp.41 >30
Cromakalim had an IC., of 0.067 uM and showed a potent dilation effect on the isolated rat aorta constricted a*h methoxamine (3 uM) while BMS-180448 was 1.38 uM in IC , showing a vasodilatation activity twenty times as weak as Cromakalim. On the other hand, the compounds of the present invention ranged, in IC50, from 9.78 uM to greater than 30 uM, so that their vasodilatation effects were, very little, even smaller than those of the controls, Cromakalim and BMS-180448.
When exerting their actions on the KATP present the heart, the compounds according to the present invention play a role in protecting the heart . On the other hand, the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives acting on the Kμτ present in peripheral blood vessels dilate the blood vessels, decreasing the blood pressure. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention have more efficient cardioprotective effects by virtue of their low vasodilatation activity.
As illustrated above, the compounds of the present invention are so low in the activity of dilating the blood vessels that they are improved in the selectivity for heart protective function.
EXPERIMENT EXAMPLE 2> Heart Protective Activity m Ischemic Heart Models of Rats
In order to determine whether the compounds of the formula 1 are protective for ischemic hearts, experiments determining the anti-ischemic effects of the compounds on rats were conducted as follows.
Male rats (350-450 g, obtained from the Experimental Animal Team of the Korea Research Institute of Chemical Technology) were anesthetized by the intraperitoneal injection of pentobarbital at a dose of 75 mg/kg. After trachetomy, the rats were rendered to respire artificially at a rate of 60/min with a stroke volume of 10 ml/kg. Cannulars were inserted into the fermoral vein and the fermoral artery and used for drug administration and blood pressure measurement, respectively.
In the ischemic myocardium damage models, the body temperature has an important influence on the results. To avoid the change in the body temperature, a body temperature measuring probe was inserted into the rectum of each rat and the body temperature was constantly kept at 37 °C with the aid of a homeothermic blanket control unit.
Afterwards, during testing, a continuous measurement was made of the mean arterial blood pressures and heart rates from the rats. For the measurement of the blood pressure, a pressure transducer, such as that manufactured by Grass Ins., MA, U.S.A., identified as Model Statham P23XL, was used. The heart rate was measured by a tachometer, such as that manufactured by Gould Inc., OH, U.S.A., identified as Biotachometer . In addition, all of the changes occurring were continuously recorded through the Gould 2000 chart recorder, manufactured by Gould Inc. The left coronary artery was occluded according to the Selye H. method as follows. The rats underwent a left thoracotomy operation for partial opening of the chest and the right-side chest was pressurized by the middle finger of the left hand to push the heart out. Immediately after the left anterior descending coronary artery hereinafter referred to as (LAD) was carefully stitched using a suture needle with 5-0 silk ligature, the heart was then repositioned in the thoracic cavity while both ends of the ligature were situated outside. The opposite ligature ends were passed through a PE tube (PE100, 2.5 cm) and allowed to stand loose for 20 min for stabilization. Via the cannula inserted into the femoral vein, vehicles or drugs were administered into the rats which were rendered to stand for 30 min in order to sufficiently elicit the efficacies of the drugs. BMS-180448 was used as a control drug and the i . v. administration dose was 0.3 mg/kg for all test drugs of interest and the control drug. Next, the PE tube which had the doubled strands of the ligature passed therethrough was pushed toward the heart and then, set upright by tightly pulling end regions of the ligature with a hemostatic pincette while pressing the coronary artery. The PE tube was allowed to stand for 45 min for the occlusion of the coronary artery, followed by the removal of the hemostatic pincette and then, by the reperfusion for 90 min.
After the reocclusion of the coronary artery in accordance with the above procedure, the rats were administered with 2 ml of a 1% Evans blue through an intravenous route. Subsequently, an excess of pentobarbital was intravenously injected to kill the rats, after which the heart was removed and then, deprived of the right ventricle and both atria. The left ventricle was cut horizontally to the heart apex into 5 or 6 slices which were weighed. From the surface of each slice, images were input with the aid of a Hi-scope into a computer installed with an image analyzing program (Image Pro Plus) . From the images input into the computer, the area of the normal blood stream tissue region which appeared blue in a computer monitor and the area which appeared colorless were measured. The percentage of the colorless area to the total area of each slice was calculated and multiplied by the weight of each slice to determine the area at risk (AAR) of each slice. The AAR obtained from each slice was summed for all slices and the total AAR was divided by the total weight of the left ventricle to yield % AAR, as shown in the following mathematical formula 1 : [Mathematical Formula 1] Σ AAR of Each Slice
% AAR =— -=
Total LeftVentricle Weight
In addition, the heart slices were incubated for 15 min in 2, 3, 5-triphenyltetrazolium chloride (TTC) phosphate buffer (pH 7.4) at 37 °C and fixed for 20-24 hours in a 10% formalin solution. During this fixation, 2,3,5- triphenyltetrazolium chloride was reduced into formazan dye by the myocardial dehydrogenase and its cofactor NADH, so that the normal regions of the tissue were colored brick- red. In contrast, the infarct zones of the tissue were deficient in the dehydrogenase and its cofactor, so that no reduction occurred on the 2 , 3, 5-triphenyltetrazolium, allowing the color to remain unchanged.
According to whether the tissue regions were colored by 2, 3, 5-triphenyltetrazolium, a measurement was made of the areas of the normal and infarct zones in each ventricle slice. The infarct zone area of each slice was summed for all slices and the resulting summed infarct zone area was divided by total AAR weight or total left ventricle weight to yield % IZ as shown in the following mathematical formula 2 : [Mathematical Formula 2] Infarct Region Area of Each Slice
IZ (%) = *-" -
Weight of Total Ventricle V Total AAR
In this experimental model, some of the test drugs were determined as being of more potent anti-ischemic activity as the % IZ was smaller. The results are given in Table 2, above. In the ischemic myocardium damage model of anesthetized rats, as seen in Table 2, the vehicle- administered group showed a myocardial infarction rate to area at risk (IZ/AAR) of 60.78 %, which indicates a serious damage in the myocardial muscle. Being measured to be 39.14 % in myocardial infarction rate, BMS-180448 showed noticeable anti-ischemic activity. When compared only in myocardial infarction rate, the compounds of the present invention were similar to or superior to BMS-180448. However, because the compounds of the present invention are remarkably lower in vasodilatation activity than is BMS- 180448, they are far superior to the conventional drug in heart-selective anti-ischemic activity. Especially, the compound of Example 40 was of very low vasodilatation activity (IC50 >30 uM) with a myocardial infarction rate of as low as 30.25 %, so it shows much better heart selectivity upon vasodilatation than is BMS-180448. Further, the compounds of the present invention did not act to reduce the blood pressure. Consequently, the compounds of the present invention can be used as an agent for the treatment of ischemic heart diseases by virtue of their excellent protective activity against ischemic cardiovascular diseases.
EXPERIMENTAL EXAMPLE 3> Heart Protective Activity in Ischemic Heart Models of Beagle Dogs
In order to determine whether the compounds of the formula 1 are protective for the ischemic hearts of larger animals, experiments determining the anti-ischemic effects of the compounds on beagle dogs were conducted as follows. The experiments on beagle dogs followed the method of Grover et al . ' (G. J. Grover et al., J. Cardiovasc . Pharma col . 25, 40 (1995)).
After being anesthetized by an intravenous injection of pentobarbital at a dose of 35 mg/kg, male beagle dogs (8-12 kg) were further infused with pentobarbital sodium at a dose of 3-4 mg/kg through the right cephalic vein throughout the experiments, so as to keep the anesthesia constant. For the maintenance of breathing during the experiment, a tracheal catheter was inserted into the respiratory tract of each beagle dog, after which they were allowed to respire with the aid of a respirator, such as that manufactured by CWE Inc., PA, U.S.A., identified as Model SAR-830, while the pC02 was maintained at 30-35 mmHg by use of room air and supplied oxygen. 0.5 ml of blood was taken through a catheter inserted into the femoral artery each hour and used to measure the oxygen level in blood with the aid of an apparatus, such as that manufactured by Ciba-Corning, MA, U.S.A., identified as Blood Gas Analyzer 280. While monitoring the temperature obtained at the recta, the body temperature of the experimental animals was maintained constantly (38 °C) by controlling the temperature of the laboratory tables on which the animals were laid. With the aim of measuring the blood pressure and the heart rate, a heparinized catheter was inserted into the right femoral artery. In this regard, a pressure transducer, such as that manufactured by Grass Ins., MA, U.S.A., identified as Model Statham P23XL, was used to measure the blood pressure. The heart rate was measured by a tachometer, such as that manufactured by Gould Inc., OH, U.S.A., identified as Biotachometer . In addition, all of the changes occurring during the experiment were continuously recorded through the Gould 2000 chart recorder, manufactured by Gould Inc.
The fifth intercostal space was incised to open the thorax and the LAD was separated from its surrounding tissues. A silk ligature was hung around the LAD to occlude the LAD, later. The LAD part upstream of the silk ligature was isolated from adjacent tissues and the blood flow was measured quantitatively. In this regard, a chart recorder, such as that manufactured by MFE Ins., MA, U.S.A., identified as 1400 Thermal Chart Recorder was used. Using polygraph such as Grass Model 7E, the electrocardiogram was measured and read (Lead II) . For infusing the beagle dogs with the drugs of interest, a catheter was inserted into the left cephalic vein and fixed. After the operation, when all parameters were maintained stable, test compounds and vehicles were administered intravenously.
Before the occlusion of the LAD, the experimental animals were divided into a control group (PEG 400) and a test drug-administered group (KR-31372, 50 ug/kg/min) . Ten minutes before the occlusion of the LAD, test drugs began to be infused through an intravenous route. The infusion of the test drugs and the vehicle lasted for 40. min. (total dose 2 mg/kg, total PEG400 volume 4 ml or less) . Ten min. after the beginning of the infusion, the LAD was completely occluded and after a lapse of 90 min, reperfusion was conducted to maintain coronary flow for five hours . After 5 hours, the LAD was cannulated for perfusion with a Ringer's solution at the same pressure as the blood pressure . A blue violet dye solution (1 mg/kg, 10 mg/ml) was injected into the left atrium, after which the heart was rendered to get an electric shock and removed. After removal of both atria, the ventricles were transversely cut at an interval of 0.5 cm. Photographs were taken of the transverse sections of the resulting ventricle slices by a digital camera . For the measurement of the IZ, the tissue slices were incubated at 37°C for 30 mm1 in 'a 1% 2,3,5- triphenyltetrazolium chloride phosphate buffer, 'followed'by taking photographs of the transverse sections with the digital camera. Using an image analyzing program (Image- Pro Plus ver. 3.0.1, Media Cybernetics, Maryland, U.S.A.), the AAR and the IZ were measured and analyzed. The IZ was expressed as a percentage to the AAR {refer to the mathematical formula 2) . Lower IZ values mean more potent effects of the test drugs on this beagle dog model. The results are given in Table 2, above. ■- - " '
In the ischemic myocardium damage models of anesthetized beagle dogs, as indicated in Table 2, the compounds of the present invention also showed considerably decreased values for the myocardial infarction rate in the area at rιsk(AAR) . In detail, the solvent group showed a myocardial infarction rate to area at rιs (IZ/AAR) of 52.39 %, which indicates a serious damage in the myocardial muscle. Being measured to be 38.02 % in myocardial infarction rate, BMS-180448 showed a good anti-ischemic activity. On the other hand, when the compounds of the present invention were administered, the myocardial infarction rate was decreased down to as low as 28.03 % (compound of Example 24) . Of course, no significant reduction in the blood pressure was found upon the administration of the compounds of the present invention. As described above, the compounds of the present invention exert excellent anti-ischemic action on beagle dog with superiority in anti-ischemic activity to the control BMS-180448. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention can be used as preventive or curative agents against the diseases related to ischemic heart disease.
EXPERIMENTAL EXAMPLE 4> Protective Activity for Neurons
In order to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 suppress the iron-induced neuronal death, experiments were conducted as follows .
From the brains of 17-18 day-old rat embryos, cerebral cortical neurons were isolated and then, cultured at 37 °C for 7-9 days in a 5% C02 incubator. The cortical cell cultures were washed twice with a minimum essential medium (MEM) to reduce the serum concentration to 0.2 % and pre- treated for 30 min with 10 uM and 30 uM of each of test compounds. For the experiments, the test compounds were dissolved in DMSO and diluted in a medium. At this time, the final concentration of DMSO was not allowed to exceed 0.2 %. For a control group, only vehicle was applied.
After the pre-treatment with test compounds or vehicle, FeS04 was added to a final concentration of 50 uM, and the cultures were maintained for 24 hours in a C02 incubator. During incubation, lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) was released into the medium upon neuronal death by the oxidative toxicity of iron. The extent of neuronal damage was assessed by measuring the amount of LDH secreted into the media. The protective effect of the compounds of interest on neurons was evaluated by calculating the LDH reduction rate of treatment group compared with that of the control group. The results are given in Table 3, below.
TABLE 3 Protective Effect of Compounds of Formula 1 on Neurons
Compounds Concentration (uM) % Protection Example 24 30 47
10 29
Example 25 30 69
10
Example 38 30 78
10 56
Example 40 30 97
10 45
As seen in Table 3, the compounds of the present invention protected neurons from being damaged by iron in a dose-dependent manner. The compound of Example 38 protected the neuronal death by as high as 56 % even at 10 uM. In addition, the compound of Example 40 showed a protection rate of as high_ as 97 %, which demonstrates that the compound has very potent protective activity against the iron-included damage to neurons.
Since the compounds of the present invention showed an excellent protective effects on neurons, they can be used as preventive or curative agents for the medical treatment of the neurological disorders caused by the damage or death of neurons, such as cerebral stroke and dementia as well as for the medical treatment of inflammatory diseases such as arthritis, cardiac infarction, and acute/chronic tissue damage .
EXPERIMENTAL EXAMPLE 5> Inhibitory Activity Against Lipid
Peroxidation
(1) Inhibitory effect on iron-induced lipid peroxidation
In order to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 suppress the iron-induced lipid peroxidation, experiments were conducted as follows.
The rat brain was homogenized in a Krebs buffer (15 mM HEPES, 10 mM glucose, 140 mM NaCl, 3.6 mM KCI, 1.5 mM CaCl2, 1.4 mM KH2P04, 0.7 mM MgCl2, pH 7.4) and the supernatant separated by centrifugation at 12,000 rpm for 10 min. was used for further experiments. FeCl2 was added to a final concentration of 400 uM in the brain homogenate which was then allowed to stand at 37 °C for 30 min. for the facilitation of oxidation. Each of the test compounds was added at a concentration of 100 uM and vehicle was used as a control.
Iron facilitates the oxidation of the brain homogenate to produce malondialdehyde (MDA) , a lipid peroxidation product. Thus, the lipid peroxidation was determined by MDA quantification. The inhibitory effect of the test compounds against the lipid peroxidation was evaluated by calculating MDA reduction rate of the test compounds compared with that of the control group.
Typically, the MDA quantification is achieved by reacting samples with 2-thiobarbiturιc acid (TBA) and measuring the absorbance at 530 nm. However, this method is unsuitable to treat samples on a large scale because of a boiling step. Thus, in this experiment, N-methyl-2- phenylindole was used instead of TBA. In this case, one molecule of MDA reacts with two molecules of N-methyl-2- phenylindole to form a chromogen which shows a maximal absorbance at 586 nm and requires no boiling steps. BioxytechR LPO-586 Kit was used for MDA quantification. The results are given m Table 4a, below. TABLE 4a
Inhibitory Effect of Compounds of Formula 1 on Lipid
Peroxidation by iron
Compounds Concentration % Inhibition
(uM)
Example 7 100 70 Example 24 100 12
Example 25 100 2
Example 32 100 86
Example 38 100 4
Example 40 100 . 79 As seen in Table 4a, the compounds of the present invention suppress the iron-induced lipid peroxidation. In particular, the compounds of Examples 7, 32 and 40 showed very potent inhibitory activity against the iron-induced lipid peroxidation with inhibitory effects of 70%, 86% and 79%, respectively.
(2) Inhibitory effect on copper-induced LDL oxidation
In order to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 suppress the oxidation of LDL (low density lipoprotein) induced by copper, experiments were conducted as follows . Human LDL (sigma) was dissolved in distilled water at a concentration of 1 mg/ml. LDL was dialyzed against three changes of phosphate-buffered solution before oxidation to remove EDTA (ethylenediamine tetraacetate) at 4 °C for 18 hr. EDTA-free LDL (100 ug LDL protein/ml) was incubated in EDTA-free phosphate-buffered solution at 37 °C for 18 hr in the presence of CuS04 (10 uM) under pretreatment with the test compounds or tochopherol of which final concentrations were 10" , 10", and 10"5 M. Blank was incubated without CuSO , and vehicle was used as a solvent group. Oxidation was stopped at 4 rC by addition of EDTA (200 uM) . Copper (Cu+2) facilitates the oxidation of LDL to produce malondialdehyde (MDA) , thus the lipid peroxidation was determined by MDA quantification same as the above example 5 (1). The MDA quantification was estimated by reacting samples with 2-thiobarbituric acid (TBA) and measuring the absorbance at 530 nm. 1, 1 , 3, 3-Tetramethoxy propane (Sigma) was used as a standard agent, and calculated the quantity of MDA as nmol of MDA equivalents per mg protein. The inhibitory effect of the test compounds against the lipid peroxidation was evaluated by calculating MDA reduction rate of the test compounds compared with that of the control group. The results are given in Table 4b, below.
TABLE 4b
Inhibitory Effect of Compounds of Formula 1 on Lipid Peroxidation induced by copper
Compounds Concentration (M) % Inhibition Example 40 10"9 7.6 10"7 24.3
10~5 27.6
Tocopherol 10-9 18.5 10"7 21.3 10"5 29.7
As seen in Table 4b, the compound of example 40 significantly suppress the copper-induced LDL oxidation at concentration of 10~7 and 10"5 M, which was similar to that of tocopherol .
(3) Inhibitory effect on A7r5 mediated LDL oxidation
In order to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 suppress the A7r5 mediated oxidation of LDL (low density lipoprotein) , experiments were conducted as follows.
A7r5 (ATCC CRL-1444, smooth muscles, thoracic aorta, BDIX rat) cells were cultured in 24 well plates, using the medium of DMEM (Dulbecco's modified Eagle's Medium) supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated FBS (fetal bovine serum) and 1% antibiotics. Confluent A7r5 from plates were washed with phosphate-buffered solution, and DMEM with 10% FBS and 1% antibiotics was added in a total volume of 0.5 ml/well. Cells (2 x 105 cells/ml) were preincubated without and with either test compounds (10~6 - 104 M) or Tocopherol (10"6 - 10"4 M) at 37 °C for 30 min. Then, A7r5 alone or A7r5 plus H,0: (10~7 M) were exposed to LDL (100 ug/ml) for 24 hr.
The inhibitory effect of the test compounds against the lipid peroxidation was evaluated by calculating MDA reduction rate of the test compounds compared with that of the control group same as the above example 5 (2) . The results are given in Table 4c, below.
TABLE 4c
Inhibitory Effect of Compounds of Formula 1 on A7r5 mediated LDL oxidation
Compounds Concentration % Inhibition
(M) LDL LDL + H202
(10"7M) Example 40 10~6 40.9 49.7
10"5 51.4 ■ 62.5
10-" 57.5 64.3
Tocopherol 10"6 41.1 43.2
10"5 57.0 53.0
10~4 73.7 63.9
As seen in Table 4c, the compound of example 40 and
Tocopherol significantly suppress the A7r5 mediated LDL oxidation at all concentrations tested. Especially, the compound of example 40 represented more significant inhibition of LDL oxidation when H202 was added.
With excellent inhibitory activity against lipid peroxidation as seen in the above experimental example 5 (1), (2), and (3), the compounds of the present invention can be used for the prevention and treatment of neurodegenerative diseases such as cerebral stroke and dementia, inflammatory diseases such as arthritis, cardiac infarction, and acute/chronic tissue damage, which may be caused by the lipid peroxidation and its accumulation in tissues .
EXPERIMENTAL EXAMPLE 6> Inhibitory Effect on NO Production In order to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 inhibit the formation of nitric oxide (NO) , experiments were conducted as follows.
Using RPMI1640 media supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), RAW 264.7 cells (obtained from American Type Culture Collection), a murine macrophage cell line, were cultured at 37 °C in a 5% C02 incubator. The RAW264.7 cells were harvested and cell density was adjusted to 5xl05/ml with a RPMI medium supplemented with 0.5% FBS and plated at 5xl04 cells/well to 96-well plates, which were then cultured for 20 hr in a C02 incubator. After removal of the media, the cells were pre-treated for 1 hour with fresh media containing 33 uM and 100 uM of test compounds . The test compounds were dissolved in DMSO and diluted to respective concentration in the media. In order to minimize DMSO effect on the nitric oxide formation by the RAW264.7 cells in the wells, the media were allowed to contain DMSO at a concentration of 0.1 % or less.
After completion of one hour pre-treatment, lipopolysaccharide (LPS, E. coli serotype 055:B5) was added to activate the cells, which were, then, maintained for 24 hours in a C02 incubator. As a result of the activation of RAW264.7 cells with LPS, NO was formed. The NO released into the media was in a form of nitrite N02 " and quantitatively measured using the Griess reagent. A control was treated only with vehicle instead of test compounds. Using the nitrite standard it was shown that the test drugs themselves do not hinder the quantification of NO.
The inhibitory effects of the test compounds against NO production were determined as the reduction of NO quantity compared with that of the control group. The results are given in Table 5, below.
TABLE 5 Inhibitory Effect of Compounds of Formula 1 on NO
Production
Compounds Concentration (uM) % Inhibition
Example 7 100
Example 24 100 48 33 16
Example 25 100 54 33 39
Example 32 100 83
Example 38 100 85 33 56 E Exxaammppllee 4 400 1 10000 26
As indicated in Table 5, the compounds of the present invention exhibited a dose-dependent behavior in inhibiting the induction of NO production by endotoxins such as LPS . In particular, the compound of Example 38 inhibited the NO production by as high as 56 % even at as low as 33 uM. In addition, 100 uM of the compounds of Examples 7 and 32 had inhibition rates of as high as 88% and 83%, respectively, showing that the compounds of the present invention exert .very potent inhibitory activity against the NO production induced by LPS.
With good inhibitory activity against NO production, the compounds of the present invention can be used as preventive or curative agents for the medical treatment of neurological disorders such as cerebral stroke and dementia, which may be caused by the neuronal damage or Ξ death due to a large amount of NO released as well as for the medical treatment of inflammatory diseases such as arthritis, cardiac infarction, and acute/chronic tissue damage .
0 EXPERIMENTAL EXAMPLE 7> Preventive Effect on the Brain Damage Induced By Brain Ischemia-Reperfusion
In order to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 are protective against the brain damage by brain ischemia-reperfusion, experiments were conducted as
1.5 follows.
Male Sprague-Dawley rats (350+50 g, SamYook Experimental Animals Co., Korea) were anesthetized by the injection of pentobarbital sodium at a dose of 40 mg/kg, after which the femoral vein and the artery were cannulated
20 with PE-10 while the left carotid artery was exposed. Five min. before the operation, 20 ug/kg of heparin sulfate was injected into the peritoneal cavity. For the continuous measurement of arterial pressure, with a insertion of a blood pressure measuring device into the femoral artery.
21 About 10 ml of blood was taken from the femoral vein to reduce the blood pressure down to 30 mmHg. If the blood pressure is not reduced to less than 100 mmHg with a withdrawal of 7 ml of blood, the rats are considered to have high sympathetic tone. In such a case, those rats were excluded from the experiments because the blood pressure cannot be reduced to 30 mmHg or even after success in reducing the blood pressure, the rats showed high mortality after the operation.
While the blood pressure was maintained at 30 mmHg, the exposed left carotid artery was occluded for 20 min by an aneurysm clamp to cause cerebral ischemia. Then, the carotid clamps were removed and the extracted blood was reinfused. To minimize the systemic acidosis, the rats were reinfused with 5 ml of saline containing 0.84% bicarbonate sodium (bicarbonate saline) . During operation and restoration period, body temperature was maintained at 37+0.5 °C with the aid of a thermal blanket and incandescent light bulbs. During their restoration from the operation, the body temperature was kept constant for 2 hours or more. After being completely recovered, the rats were transferred to an animal observatory, which was under a homeostatic condition for temperature (27°C), humidity (60%) and light cycle (12-12 hours) .
24 hours after the operation, the rats were sacrificed with a scaffold and the brain was removed rapidly (3 min) . On ice, the removed brain was sliced into six 2-mm coronal sections with the aid of a brain matrix. The sections were stained in a 2% 2 , 3, 5-triphenyltetrazolium chloride solution at 37 °C for 30 min. After photographs were taken of the stained sections, developed and printed, the percentages of the infarcted brain areas to the total brain were measured and analyzed using an image analyzing program (Image-Pro Plus ver. 3.0.1).
At 30 min before the operation and at 2, 4 and 16 hours after the carotid artery occlusion, the test compounds were peritoneally injected into the rats to a dose of 30 mg/kg. For the control, vehicle was injected. For the reference compound, MK801 (RBI, (SR, 10S)-(+)-5- methyl-10, ll-dihydro-5H-dibenzo [a, d] cyclo -heptene-5, 10- imine hydrogen maleate) was administered at 3mg/kg with the same intervals.
The protective effects of the test compounds on the brain damage caused by brain ischemia-reperfusion were expressed as a reduction percentages of infarcted brain areas compared with those of the control group. The results are given in Table 6, below. TABLE 6
Protective Effect of Compounds of Formula 1 on Brain
Damage Induced by Brain Ischemia-Reperfusion
Test Dose Infarction Area No,
Drug (mg/kg) Mean±SD(%) Reduction
Vehicle 0 39.7 ± 1.6 10
MK801 3 29.8 ± 1.5 24.8* 7
Example 40 30 23.0 ± 3.3 42.0* 11
*P<0.01 compared with the control group administered with only vehicle
The comparative group, in which rats were administered with MK801 at a dose of 3 mg/kg, had an infarct area of 29.8 %, which was reduced by 24.8 % compared with that of the control group. On the other hand, in the group treated with the compound of Example 40, the infarct area was measured to be 23.0 %, which was reduced by 42.0% compared with that of the control group. Therefore, the compound of Example 42 was twice as effective in the protective activity against the brain damage cause by brain ischemia- reperfusion as the conventional compound MK801.
In the MK801-treated group, the rats showed a side effect of low motility whereas when being administered with the compound of Example 40, the rats did not suffer from any side effects including behavioral change such as motility.
With excellent protective activity against brain damage induced by ischemia-reperfusion, the compounds of the present invention can be used as preventive or curative agents for the medical treatment of the neurological disorders such as cerebral stroke and dementia, which may be caused by the brain damage such as cerebral vascular occlusion induced by thrombi.
EXPERIMENTAL EXAMPLE 8> Suppressive Effect Against Angiogenesis
In order to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 had inhibitory effect on the formation of new blood vessels, experiments were conducted as follows.
(1) Effect on 99mTc-DTPA clearance
A polyester sponge with a size dimension of 5 mm x diameter 12 mm was used as a matrix for the growth of blood vessels. Inside each sponge, a polyethylene tube with a length of 5 mm was fixed by a thread. Sprague-Dawley rats were anesthetized by the intraperitoneal injection of chloral hydrate at a dose of 300 mg/kg. The rat's hair in the region between the neck and the dorsi was shaved and the bare regions were incised at a length of 10 mm to secure a hypodermic space large enough to accommodate the sponge. After being inserted to the hypodermic space, the sponge was secured for the tube not to rock. Except for when the drugs were administered, the tube hole was kept closed in order to prevent contamination.
In order to induce angiogenesis, Angiotensin II was employed. For use, Angiotensin II was dissolved in a phosphate buffered saline (PBS) . 50 ul of a 100 nmol solution was injected. As for the compounds of the present invention, they were dissolved in PBS and injected at doses of 0.1, 0.3, and 1.0 mg/kg through the tube. In control groups, the vehicle PBS or Angiotensin II alone was injected at the same doses. The suppressive effect of the test compounds against angiogenesis was measured 7 days after the injection.
The extent of angiogenesis in transplanted sponge was examined for blood stream by the measurement of 99mTc-DTPA (technetium-diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid) clearance. Seven days after the injection of the test compounds, the rats were again anesthetized by the intraperitoneal injection of chloral hydrate at a dose of 30 mg/kg, followed by careful injection of 50 ul of a solution of 99,T,Tc-DTPA (0.5 mCi) in sterilized PBS through the tube. A quantitative measurement of 99mTc-DTPA was conducted for 60 min. With the aid of a gamma-scintillation detector while a gamma camera, such as ADAC VERTEX/SOLUS Gamma Camera, equipped with a low energy high resolution apparatus, was operated to take photographs of the sponge at 60 frames each which took 60 sec. to achieve. The continuous images thus obtained were input into a computer (Pegasys Sun Computer) for analysis.
The clearance of 99mTc-DTPA was calculated according to the following mathematical formula 3 and the results are given in Table 7a, below.
[Mathematical Formula 3]
Clearance of .99mTc-DTPA (%) =
Initial RadioActivity-RacdioActivity on the 6th min x 100 Initial RadioActivity
TABLE 7a Suppressive Effect of Compounds of Formula 1 Against
Angiogenesis
Dose Clearance
Test Drug (mg/kg) (p.o) of 99πιTC (%) Control (PBS) - 30.3
Control All (lOOnmol) - 44.71 Test Group 0.1 26.90
(All (100nmol)+ Example 24 0.3 18.22
Test Drug 1.0 3.38 p.o. per oral As apparent from the data of Table 7a, Angiotensin II induced the formation of new blood vessels by comparing the clearance of 99mTc-DTPA between the PBS-administered control group (30.3 %) and the Angiotensin II-administered control group (44.71 %). When being administered at a dose of 0.1 mg/kg, the compound of Example 24 showed a 99mTc-DTPA clearance of 26.90 %, which clearly demonstrates the suppressive effect of the compound against the angiogenesis. In addition, the administration of the compound of Example 24 at doses of 0.3 and 1.0 mg/kg elicited 99raTc-DTPA clearances of 18.22 % and 3.38 %, respectively, showing that the compound of the present invention suppresses the formation of new blood vessels in a dose-dependent manner. In particular, at a dose of 1.0 mg/kg, the compound of Example 24 showed almost complete suppression against the angiogenesis induced by Angiotensin II with the clearance of 99mTc-DTPA as low as 3.38 %.
(2) Inhibitory effect on HUVEC Tube Formation in order to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 had inhibitory effect on the formation of new blood vessels on cell level, experiments were conducted as follows .
HUVEC (Human umbilical vein endothelial cells, ATCC CRL-1730) were cultured, and tubulogenesis was induced m vascular endothelial cells by plating them onto the surface of Matrigel for several hours. The effects on tube formation of the test compounds were compared with the vehicle treated controls, then confirmed their in vitro anti-angiogenic effect indirectly. The results are given in table 7b.
TABLE 7b Inhibitory Effects on HUVEC Tube Formation
Inhibitory Effects on Tube Formation
Concentration 10 uM 100 uM
Example 2 + ++
Example 10 + ++ Example 16 +/- +/-
Example 24 nd +
Example 40 + ++
Example 52 +/- ++
-; no effect, +/-; week effect, +; moderate effect, ++; strong effect nd; not determined
As seen in table 7b, HUVEC tube formation was inhibited at concentration of 10 uM, and strongly inhibited at concentration of 100 uM in the compounds of example 2, 10, 40, and 52, in a dose-dependent manner. With such an excellent suppressive activity against angiogenesis, the compounds of the present invention can be usefully applied for the medical treatment of various diseases induced by angiogenesis, such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, AIDS complications, cancers, diabetic retinopathy, etc.
EXPERIMENTAL EXAMPLE 9> Inhibitory Effect on Intracellular ROS Induced by Hydrogen peroxide
In order to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 suppress the formation of intracellular ROS induced by H202, experiments were conducted as follows.
Measurement of intracellular ROS (Reactive Oxygen Species) was determined using H2DCFDA (2 ' , 7 ' - dichlorodihydrofluorescein diacetate, Molecular Probes,
Eugene, OR, USA) . H2DCFDA is a non-polar compound that readily diffused into cells, where it is hydrolyzed by intracellular esterase to polar derivative H2DCF (2 ',7'- dichlorodihydrofluorescein) which can not cross the cell membrane, and thereby trapped within the cell. H2DCF is low-fluorescent, but converted to high-fluorescent DCF
(2 ' , 7 ' -dichlorofluorescein) by intracellular ROS.
Therefore, the intracellular ROS formation can be determined from the amount of converted DCF. HUVEC (Human umbilical Vascular Endothelial Cells) or A7r5 (Rat thoracic aorta smooth muscle cells) were used. HUVEC were cultured in Kaighn's F12K medium supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated FBS, 0.1 mg/ml heparin sodium, 0.03-0.05 mg/ml ECGS (Endothelial cell growth supplement) and 1% antibiotics, and A7r5 were cultured in DMEM supplemented with 10% heat inactivated FBS and 1% antibiotics. To measure the intracellular ROS, HUVEC or A7r5 were preincubated for 30 min in the presence of test compounds (10~7-10~5 M) . Thereafter, cells were stimulated with H202 (10'δ and 10"5 M for 20 min), and then incubated in the dark for 2 hr at 37 °C in 50 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7.4) containing 5 uM H2DCFDA. The quantity of DCF fluorescence (485 nm excitation, 530 nm emission) was measured using Fluorescence plate reader (FL600, Biotek Instruments) . The results are given in Table 8
Table 8 Inhibitory Effects against intracellular ROS induced by H202
Cell Compounds Cone . Inhibition (%)
(M) H 02 H202 (10"6M) (10~5M)
HUVEC Toco10-7 13. ,8 pherol 10"6 43. ,2 30.7
10~5 60. ,8 51.0
Example 10-7 17. , 6 12.0
40 10-β 46. .1 25.8 1 100""55 6 633.. .11 54.9
A7r5 Probucol 10-7 72. ,0
10-6 184. .1
Figure imgf000169_0001
Example lo-7 72, .0
24 10"6 110, .7
10"5 185, .3
As seen in table 8, the compound of example 40 inhibited H,02-induced ROS in HUVEC cells, which is similar or a little superior to that of tocopherol. The compound of example 24 completely inhibited ROS at concentration of 10"e and 10"5 M. With excellent antioxidant effects to inhibit intracellular ROS formation, the compounds of the present invention can be used for the prevention and treatment of neurodegenerative diseases such as cerebral stroke and dementia; inflammatory diseases such as arthritis; atherosclerosis; cardiac infarction; and acute/chronic tissue damage, which may be caused by ROS.
Experimental Example 10> ORAC Assay
In order to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 remove the oxygen-radical, experiments were conducted as follows.
The ORAC (Oxygen-radical absorbance capacity) assay is an in vitro method capable of assessing the radical absorbing capacity of a drug in a watery environment. The method utilized β-PE (β-phycoerythrin) as an indicator protein, and AAPH (2, 2 ' -azobis (2- amidinopropane) dihydrochloride) as a peroxy radical generator. Reaction mixtures consisted of test compounds (10~6M and 10"M) , β-PE (1.76 x 10"8M), and AAPH (3 x 10" 3M) in 75 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7.0) . A final volume of 2 ml was used in 24 well plates. Test compounds were first dissolved in acetone and then added to the reaction mixture. Once AAPH was added, the reaction was initiated at 37 CC and the fluorescence (485 nm excitation, 590 nm emission) was measured every 5 min using Fluorescence reader (FL600, Biotek Instrument). The ORAC units were calculated based on the area under the fluorescence curve of β-PE in the presence of the test compound compared to the area generated by 1 uM Trolox. 1 ORAC unit represents the net protection provided by 1 uM Trolox. The results are given in table 9.
Table 9 ORAC Assay
Compound Cone. (M) ORAC units Tocopherol 10~6 1.0
10'4 1.568
Probucol 10"6 1.327 10"4 1.566
Example 40 10'6 2.047
10"4 3.250
As seen in table 9, the compound of example 40 showed around 2 times higher ORAC units compared to those of .tocopherol and probucol at concentration of both 10"£ and 10": M, showing excellent radical absorbing capacity. With excellent antioxidant effects to remove oxygen radicals, the compounds of the present invention can be used for the prevention and treatment of neurodegenerative diseases such as cerebral stroke and dementia; inflammatory diseases such as arthritis; atherosclerosis; cardiac infarction; and acute/chronic tissue damage, which may be caused by free radicals.
Experimental Example 11> Protection effects on Ischemic Retinal cells
In order to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 protect the ischemic retinal cells, experiments were conducted as follows.
Test compounds were dissolved in DMSO to prepare stock solution (100 mM) , which was diluted with physiological saline to the concentration of 100, 50 and
30 uM . Test compounds were administered by vitreous injection before 30 min of ischemia.
Adult rats were anaesthetized with ip (intra peritoneum) injection of chloral hydrate (400 mg/Kg) , then the right eyes were treated with 1% tropicamide to dilate the pupils. The intraocular pressure (IOP) was raised to 160-180 mmHg, higher than normal blood pressure (140 mmHg), by cannulation of the anterior chamber connected to hydrostatic pressure device. Interruption of blood flow was confirmed ophthalmoscope cally, the elevated LOP was maintained for 30 min. After 30 min of ischemia, both eyes were enucleated, and the retina was separated, of which cellular damage was observed. Number of cells in ganglion cell layer (250 x 25 um) and innernuclear layer (150 x 25 um) were counted, then calculated as a % of living cells compared to those of non-operated left eyes as a normal control. The results are given in table 10.
Table 10 Protective Effects on Ischemic Retinal cells
Living cell (%) Ganglion Innernuclear
Cell layer layer Normal control 100 100
Ischemia 34.5 51.7 Example 40 30 uM 40.7 54.8
50 uM 60.2 69.8
100 uM 77.9 82.6
AS seen in table 10, the compound of example 40 protected neurons both in ganglion and innernuclear layers after retinal ischemia, in a dose dependent manner .
With excellent protective effects to inhibit ischemic neuronal cell death in ganglion and innernuclear layers in retina, the compounds of the present invention can be used for the treatment of glaucoma, optical neuropathy, which may caused by ischemia.
Experimental Example 12> Effects on MNCV (Motor Nerve Conduction Velocity) in diabetic rats
In order to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 improve impaired MNCV m diabetic rats, experiments were conducted as follows.
Diabetes was induced with l.p. (intra peritoneum) injection of streptozocin (65 mg/Kg) in rats, then test compounds dissolved in 2 ml of media (physiological saline: ethanol: tween 80 = 8:1:1), were orally administered once a day. Rats were anesthetized with halothane, then the sciatic nerve was exposed to measure MNCV. The nerve was stimulated at two points. The first stimulus electrode was inserted at proximal end, and second stimulating electrode was inserted at the sciatic notch. The coaxial needle electrode was inserted into mterdigital muscle, then the muscle action potential induced by two point stimulation. The conduction velocity was calculated by dividing the distance between two stimulus points by the latency difference. Lipoic acid (100 mg/Kg) was used in conparison with the compound of formula 1 in recovery of impaired MNCV in diabetic rats. The recovery (%) of MNCV was calculated according to the following mathematical formula 4. The results are given in table 11.
T [Mathematical formula 4]
Recovery (% ) =
MNCV of trea ted g__roup__ - MNCV of diabe tic ra ts x _10_0_
MNCV of normal control - MNCV of diabetic ra ts
Table 11 Efϊects on MNCV in diabetic rats
MNCV (sec) Recovery (%) C Normal control 51.937 100
Diabetic rat 40.647
Lipoic acid 56.070 136.6
.100 mg/Kg)
Example 40 47.756 63.0 i ^ (30 mg/Kg)
As seen in table 11, MNCV of diabetic rats were significantly decreased compared to that of normal 2C control. Treatment of lipoic acid (100 mg/Kg; completely recovered impaired MNCV in dι.abetιc rats Administration of example 40 (30 mg/Kg) significantly improved MNCV in diabetic rats. Experimental Example 13> Nociceptive Test (Hot plate Test) in Diabetic Rats
In order to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 improve impaired nociceptive responses in diabetic rats, experiments were conducted as follows.
Effects on nociceptive responses of test compounds in rats were examined using hat plate .
The same methods were applied for the induction of diabetes and treatment of test compound in rats. Rats were placed onto 50 °C hot plate, then latencies of nociceptive action such as licking were determined. The recovery (%) of nociceptive responses in diabetic rats was calculated according to the following mathematical formula 4. The results are given in table 12.
[Mathematical formula 5]
Recovery (% ) =
Response in treated group - Response in diabetic control χ 1QQ Response in normal control - Response in diabetic control
Table 12 Effects on Nociceptive responses in Diabetic Rats
Nociceptive Recovery (%) response (sec) Normal control 4.698 100
Diabetic control 3.986
Lipoic acid 4.371 60.2
Example 40 4.791 106.5
As seen in table 12, Lipoic acid significantly improved impaired nociceptive responses in diabetic rats. On the contrary, the compound of example 40 completely recovered impaired nociceptive responses of diabetic rats in hot plate test.
With excellent improving activity against impaired MNCV and nociceptive responses of diabetic rats as seen in the above experimental example 12 and 13 as well as antioxidant and neuronal cell protection effects, the compounds of the present invention can be used for the prevention and treatment of diabetic neuropathy and diabetic peripheral disturbances.
.75 Experimental Example 14> Protection effects on Hypoxic Brain Injury
In order to examine whether the compounds of the formula 1 protect hypoxic brain injury in newborn rats, experiments were conducted as follows, using MRS (magnetic resonance spectrum) .
Focal, hypoxic brain injury model in newborn rats are being most frequently used to study infant asphyxia, because whose maturity of brain is similar to that of human infant, and it is easy to get enough number of animals required for the determination of effects. It was reported that the lipid peak was increased in MRS (magnetic resonamce spectroscopy) by ischemic neuronal cell injury due to the destruction of cell membrane including blood-brain barrier [A. Bizzi et . al ., Magnetic Resonance Imagin 14 581-592 (1996)], and also the concentration of lipid and apotosis are closely correlated to apotosis [Van der A. Toorn et al., Magnetic Resonamce in Medicine, 36 , 914-922 (1996) ] . N-Acetylaspartae (ΝAA) and creatine (Cr) are markers of neuronal cells. Then it was confirmed that the value of lipid/ΝAA (Ν-acetylaspartae) and lipid/Cr (creatine) are correlated with the morphological change and severity of apoptosis on hypoxic brain damage.. New born rats (within 7 days, 10-15 g) were placed in hypoxic chamber for 2 hr to induce hypoxia, and test compounds were intraperitoneally injected before 1 hr of hypoxia. Proton MRS was obtained at 1 day after brain injury, then the value of lipid/NAA and lipid/Cr were determined.
Table 13 Protective Effects on Hypoxic Brain Injury
Lipid/NAA Lipid/Cr
Hypoxic control 4.63 4.11
Example 40 2.51 2.33
(50mg/Kg)
As seen in table 13, the compound of example 40 reduced the value of both Lipid/NAA and Lipid/Cr significantly, which represented protection effect on brain injury. With excellent protection effect on hypoxic brain injury in newborn rats, the compounds of the present invention can be used for the prevention and treatment of infant asphyxia.
Experimental example 15> Inhibitory Effects on Proliferation of Vascular Smooth Muscle Cells
In order to exanine whether the compounds of the formula 1 inhibit proliferation of vascular smooth muscle cells, experiments were conducted as follows.
Inhibitory effects on cell proliferation was evaluated by measurement of incorporation of [3H] -thymidine into DNA. Rat aortic smooth muscle cells were grown in 24 well plate for 3 days to near confluence in DMEM containing 10% FBS, then DMEM containing FBS was washed out. Cells were cultured again in DMEM without serum for 48 hr to be quiescent. Test compounds were added 15 min before addition of angiotensin II (10-7M), which stimulate cell proliferation, then cells were incubated for 72 hr. During the last 4 hours of incubation, [3H] -thymidine (1 uCi/ l) was added. Radioactive medium was removed and cells were washed 3 times with DMEM (3 x 1 ml) to remove non-incorporated isotopes, and treated with an aqueous solution of 15% TCA (trichloroacetic acid) for at least 2 hr followed by addition of an aqueous solution of 0.2 N NaOH (0.25 ml) for 30 min. The samples were filtered through glass microfiber filter (GF/B. Whatmann) under vacuum. After washing the filters 3 times with 2 ml of an aqueous solution of 5% TCA, the radioactivity incorporated into DNA was counted by Liquid Scintillation Counter (Packard, TRI-CARB, 2100TR) , then calculated incorporation % of [3H] -thymidine . The results are given in table 14
Table 14
Effects on [3H] -thymidine incorporation (%) into DNA
Compounds Incorporation %
Angiotensin II 100
Example 7 37.8
Example 5 53.6
Example 2 59.0
Example 14 60.0
Example 22 64.0
As seen in table 14, compounds of example 2, 5, and
7 significantly inhibit the synthesis of DNA, representing below 60% of [3H] -thymidine incorporation. Especially, the compound of example 7 represented 37.8% of low incorporation %. With excellent inhibitory effect on proliferation of vascular smooth muscle cells, the compounds of the present invention can be used for the prevention and treatment of restenosis occurred after percutaneous coronary interventions of coronary artery occlusion. EXPERIMENTAL EXAMPLE 16> Acute Oral Toxicity Test in Rats
The test to confirm the toxicity of the compounds of formula 1 was carried out as follows. In this test six-week old SPF SD rats were used with two rats assigned to each group. The compounds of examples 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15, 19, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 44, 46, 47, 48, 49, 51, 52, 57, 58, 60, 62, 64, 67, 68, 69, 71 and 72 were suspended in 0.5% methyl cellulose, respectively, and administered orally at a single dose of 1 g/kg using a ball-tipped needle. The dosing volume was 10 ml/kg. After the administration, the animals were observed for clinical signs of toxicity or mortality and the body weight changes were measured. All survivors at the end of the observation period underwent laparotomy under ether anesthesia and the blood samples were taken from the abdominal aorta for hematological tests and biochemical analysis. After sacrificing the animals, autopsy was performed for macroscopic observation of the organs and tissues. Tissue samples of vital organs from macroscopic legion were removed and fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalin solution, then processed by standard procedures for histopathology and examined under light microscope. There were no significant changes in clinical symptoms, body weight and mortalities. Also in hematology, serum chemistry parameters and macroscopic observation, no drug-related changes were observed. As a result all the compounds tested did not show toxicity in rats up to a dose of 1 g/kg, and the lethal dose (LD50) for oral administration was determined to be over 1 g/kg in rats.
The present invention has been described in an illustrative manner, and it is to be understood that the terminology used is intended to be in the nature of description rather than of limitation. Many modifications and variations of the present invention are possible in light of the above teachings. Therefore, it is to be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention may be practiced otherwise than as specifically described.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS :
1. Benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives represented by the following formula 1, their stereochemical isomers and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. FORMULA 1
Figure imgf000184_0001
Wherein
Rλ represents H, halogen, CF3, N02, CN, ORa, 0(C=0)Ra, COOR% NH2, NHS(0)mRa, NH(C=0)Ra or S(0)mRa; Ra represents straight or branched alkyl group of C-L-C,, or aryl group; and m is an integer of 0-2,
R2 represents straight or branched alkyl group of
C — C
Figure imgf000184_0002
Rδ is defined as above; R° and Rc are independent each other and represent straight or branched alkyl group of C;-C_, respectively; and Z represents straight or branched alkyl group of CJ-CJ,
R4 represents OH, H, halogen, ON02 or 0(C=0)Ra; and Ra is defined as above; R5 and R6 are independent each other and represent H, halogen, straight or branched alkyl group of
Figure imgf000185_0001
or S03Ra; Ra is defined as above; and X represents halogen, and n is an integer of 0-2.
2. The benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, their stereochemical isomers and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts according to claim 1, wherein
Rj represents N02, CN, NH2 or S(0)mRa; Ra represents straight or branched alkyl group of Cl-C2 l or aryl group; and m is an integer of 0-2,
R2 represents CH3,
R3 represents ( / ) ; Rb and Rc
Figure imgf000185_0002
are independent each other and represent straight or branched alkyl group of Cx-C^ respectively; and Z represents straight or branched alkyl group of Ci-Cs,
R4 represents OH, H or -0(C=0)Ra; and Ra represents straight or branched alkyl group of Cj-Cj,-
R5 and R£ are independent each other and represent H, halogen, straight or branched alkyl group of C-. -C3 , ORa, CX3 or N02; Ra represents straight or branched alkyl group of ^-03,- and X represents halogen, and n is an integer of 0-2.
3. The benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, their stereochemical isomers and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts according to claim 1, wherein the compound of formula 1 is selected from the group consisting of: 1) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3
-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - ( 4-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
2) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -_V - (4-chlorophenyl ) guanidine;
3) (2R, 3R, 4 S ) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2_7-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (3-chlorophenyl ) guanidine ;
4) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2ff-benzopyran-4-yl
) -_V - (3-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
5) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N" ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methy1-2 -dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran- -yl ) -Λ7' - ( 4-nitrophenyl ) guanidine ; 6) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (3-trifluoromethylphenyl ) guanidine;
7) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2 -dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (3-trifluoromethylphenyl ) guanidine;
8) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methy1-2 -dimethoxymethy1-2 tf-benzopyran- -yl ) -N' - (4-methoxyphenyl) guanidine;
9) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2 -dimethoxymethyl-2fl-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (4-methoxyphenyl) guanidine;
10) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methy1-2 -dimethoxymethyl-2#-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N1 - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
11) (2S, 3S, 4R ) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2 -dimethoxymethyl-2f-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
12) (2S, 3R, 4 S ) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2 -dimethoxymethy1-2i-benzopyran-4 -yl ) -N' - (3-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
13) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -(3-chlorophenyl) guanidine; 14) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methy1-2-dimethoxymethyl-2ff-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - ( 3-trifluoromethylphenyl) guanidine;
15) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl
) -N' - (3-trifluoromethylphenyl) guanidine;
16) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - ( 4-methoxyphenyl) guanidine; 17) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3
-hydroxy-2-methy1-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4 -yl ) -N' - ( 4-methoxyphenyl) guanidine;
18) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2_ϊ-benzopyran-4-yl ) -j\/' - ( 4-methylphenyl ) guanidine;
19) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -methy1-2-dimethoxymethyl-2iϊ-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (4-methylphenyl ) guanidine;
20) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2ff-benzopyran-4-yl
) -N' - ( 4-methoxybenzyl ) guanidine ;
21) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - ( 4-methoxybenzyl) guanidine ; 22) (2R, 3R, 4S ) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methy1-2 -dimethoxymethy1-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine;
23) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2f_'-benzopyran-4-yl
) -N' -benzylguanidine;
24) (2S, 3R, 4S ) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methy1-2 -dimethoxymethy1-2Jf-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine; 25) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3
-hydroxy-2-methy1-2 -dimethoxymethyl-2 -benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine;
26) (2R, 3R, 4 S ) -N' ' -cyano-N- (3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy -2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - ( 4- chlorophenyl) guanidine;
27) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (3, 4-dihydro-3-hydroxy -2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' - (4- chlorophenyl ) guanidine ;
28) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2 -hydroxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4 -yl ) - N' - (4-chlorophenyl ) guanidine;
29) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-hydro.<ymethyl-2ff-benzopyran-4-yl ) - N' -( 4-chlorophenyl ) guanidine;
1 7 30) (2R, 3R, 4S) -W ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dιhydro-3 -hydroxy-2-me hyl-2-methoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) - N' - ( -chlorophenyl) guanidine;
31) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N1 ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dιhydro-3 L -hyd oxy-2-me hyl-2 -methoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4 -yl ) -
N' - ( 4 -chlorophenyl) guanidine;
32) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dιhydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymet hyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -iV - (2 -chlorophenyl ) guanidine; C 33) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3
-hydroxy-2 -methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2fl-benzopyran-4-yl ) -Λ"' - ( 2-chlorophenyl ) guanidine;
34) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitιo-3, 4-dihydro-3 -h droxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl 1- ) -Λ'" - (2-trifluoromethylphenyl) guanidine;
35) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -h droxy-2 -me thyl-2 -dimethoxymet hyl-2iϊ-benzopyran-4-yl ) -Λ'' - ( 2- tπf luoromethylphenyl ) guanidine;
36) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dιhydro-3 i" -h droxy- 2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxymethyl-2H- benzopyran- 4 -yl
) - <" - ( 2-chlorobenzyl ) guanidine ;
37) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 - droxy-2-me thyl-2 -dimethoxymet hyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (2-chlorobenzyl) cjuanidine; 38) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, -dihydro-3 -acetoxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2_ϊ-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine;
39) ( 2S ) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-2-methyl-2 -cl une thoxymethyl -2 /.-benzopyran- -yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine;
40) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-amino-3, -dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimethoxymethyl-2-ϊ-benzopyran- 4 -yl ) -N' -benzylgu nidine;
41) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-acetoxyamino -3, -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dime thoxyme thy 1 -2#-benzopyran-4-yl) -N1 -benzylguanidine;
42 ) (2S, 3S, R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6 -methanesulf onylamιno-3 , 4 -dihydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanid ine;
43) (2S, 3S, 4R)-N' '-cyano-N- (6-cyano-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -me thy 1-2 -dime thoxyme thy 1 -2 H-benzopyran- 4 -yl ) -N' - ( 4-chlorophenyl ) guanidine;
44) (2S, 3R, 4S)-N' '-cyano-N- (6-cyano-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2i:_'-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (4-chlorophenyl) guanidine;
45) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-cyano-3, 4-dihydro-3 -h droxy-2-me hyl-2-dimethoxymet hyl-2_ϊ-benzopyran-4-yl ) - N '-benzyl ςfu nidine; 46) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-cyano-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2Jϊ-benzopyran-4 -yl ) -N' -benzylguanidme;
47) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-bromo-3, -dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2l-benzopyran-4-yl
) -N' -benzylguanidme;
48) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl -2H-benzopyran-4 -yl ) -N' - (3, -dimethoxybenzyl) guanidine; 49) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-amino-3,4-dihydro-3
-hydroxy-2-methy1-2-dimethoxymethyl-2Jf-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N1 - (3, 4-dimethoxybenzyl ) guanidine;
50) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (4-methoxybenzyl ) guanidine;
51) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methy1-2-dimethoxymethyl-2f-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - (4-methoxybenzyl) guanidine;
52) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2/_-benzopyran-4-yl
) -N' - ( 3-nitrobenzyl) guanidine;
53) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' - ( 3-trifluoromethylbenzyl) guanidine; 54) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-amino-3, -dιhydro-3 -h droxy-2-me hy1-2-dimethoxymet hyl-2ff-benzopyran-4-yl ) -A." - ( 3- ifluoro e thylbenzyl) guanidine ;
55) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methanesulfonyloxy i -3, 4 -dιhydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2#-b enzopyran-4-yL) -N' -benzylguanidine ;
56) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-methanesulfonyloxy -3, -dihydro-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2tf-b enzopy an-4-y ) -N' -benzylguanidine ;
10 57) (2S, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro-3
-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2f-benzopyran-4 -yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine;
58) (2R, 3R, 4S) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2iϊ-benzopyran-4 -yl
IE ) -N' -benzylguanidine;
59) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-dimethoxymethyl-2iϊ-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine;
60) (2S, 3S, 4 R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 2C -hydroxy-2-methy1-2- ( [1,3] dioxolan-2-yl ) -2H-benzopyran
- Δ -y± ) -Λ/1 -benzylguanidine;
51) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dιhydro-3 ~hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [1,3] dioxolan-2-yl ) -2H-benzopyran -4-yl ) -N1 -benzylguanidine; 62) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl-2- ([l,3]dioxan-2-yl)-2tf-benzopyran-4 -yl) -N' -benzylguanidine;
63) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- ( 6-amino-3, 4-dihydro-3 _. -hydroxy-2-methyl-2- ( [l,3]dιoxan-2-yl) -2H-benzopyran-4
-yl ) -N' -benzylguanidine;
64) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- ( 6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -h droxy-2 -me thyl-2- ( [1, 3] -5, 5-climethyldioxan-2-yl) -2H -benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanid e;
10 65) (2S, 3S, 4R)-N' '-cyano-N- (6-amino-3,4-dihydro-3
-hydroxy-2 -me thy 1-2- ( [1, 3] -5, 5-dimethyldioxan-2-yl) -2iϊ -benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanid e;
66) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-nitro-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-diethoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl )
15 -N' -benzylguanidine;
67) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (6-amino-3, 4-dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2-diethoxymethyl-2 -benzopyran-4-yl ) -N1 -benzylguanidine;
68) (2S, 3S, 4R)-N' '-cyano-N- (6-methoxycarbonyl-3, 4 ")f -cl i hydro- 3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimthoxymethyl -2 fl-benzop yran-4-yl) -N' - benzylguanid ine;
69) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (6-methoxycarbonyl-3, 4 -dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2 -methyl -2 -dimthoxymethyl -2f-benzop yran-4-yl) -N1 -benzylguanidine; 70 ) ( 3 S , 4 R) -N' ' - cyano- N- ( 8-nitro 3,4-dihydro-3-hydro y-2-methyl-2-dimthoxymethyl 2#-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine;
71) (2S, 3S, 4R) -N' ' -cyano-N- (8-amino-3, 4-dihydro-3 - ydroxy-2 -me hyl -2-di thoxyme hy1-2H-benzopyran-4-yl) -N' -benzylguanidine; and
72) (2R, 3S, 4R) -N' '-cyano-N- (8-amino-3, -dihydro-3 -hydroxy-2-methyl-2 -dimthoxymethyl-2H-benzopyran-4-yl ) -N1 -benzylguanidine . i r
4. A process for preparing the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of claim 1, comprising the step of reacting an aminoalcohol compound (III) and a thiourea compound (IV) in the presence of a condensing agent to obtain a compound ( I ' ) . SCHEME 1
Figure imgf000195_0001
Wherein R3 , R;, R3, R4, R, R,r and n are defined as above .
5. The process according to claim 4, wherein the condensing agent is selected from the group consisting of water-soluble carbodiimide-type condensing agents comprising 1- [3- (dimethylamino) propyl] -3 -ethylcarbodi Lmide hydrochloride, and N, N' -dicyclo hexylcarbodiimide .
6. The process according to claim 4, wherein the reaction solvent is selected from the group consisting of methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylformamide and dimethylsulfoxide .
7. A process for preparing of the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of claim 1, which comprises the steps of:
1) reacting an aminoalcohol compound (III) anc diphenyl cyanocarbonimidate (X) in the presence of a base to prepare a compound (V) (step 1); and
2) reacting the compound (V) and an amine compound (VI) to prepare the compound (I1) (step 2 ) .
I f
SCHEME 2
Figure imgf000197_0001
[Wherein Rlr R2, R3, R4I R5, R6 and n are defined as above .
?.0
8. The process according to claim 7, wherein the base of step 1 is selected from tertiary amines comprising triethylamine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1 , 8-diazabicyclo [ 5.4.0 ] undec-7-ene and
)<, 4 - (dimethyl ami no) pyridine.
9. The process according to claim 7, wherein the reaction solvent of step 1 or step 2 is selected from the group consisting of alcohols comprising ethanol and isopropanol; dimethylformamide; dimethylsulfoxide; and
5 chloroform.
10. Pharmaceutical compositions for protecting heart which are pharmacologically useful for prevention and treatment of myocardial infarction and congestive heart 0 failure and angina pectoris, which contain the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of claim 1 or their pharmaceutical acceptable salts as an active ingredient.
11. Pharmaceutical compositions for suppressing lipid 5 * peroxidation, which contain the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of claim 1 or their pharmaceutical acceptable salts as an active ingredient.
12. Pharmaceutical compositions pharmacologically useful C for inhibiting NO generation, which contain the benzopyrany guanidine derivatives of claim 1 or their pharmaceutical acceptable salts as an active ingredient .
13. Pharmaceutical compositions for protecting brain Ξ injury due to brain ischemia-reperfusion, which contain the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of claim 1 or their pharmaceutical acceptable salts as an active ingredient.
14. Pharmaceutical compositions pharmacologically useful for treatment of cancer and diabetic retinopathy by suppressing angiogenesis, which contain the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of claim 1 or their pharmaceutical acceptable salts as an active ingredient.
15. Pharmaceutical compositions pharmacologically useful for prevention and treatment of neurodegenerative diseases including Alzheimer's disease and senile dementia, and atherosclerosis by suppressing lipid peroxidation and reactive oxygen species, which contain the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of claim 1 or their pharmaceutical acceptable salts as an active ingredient .
) - r,
16. Pharmaceutical compositions pharmacologically useful for prevention and treatment of infant asphyxia, glaucoma, diabetic neuropathy and head trauma by protecting neuronal cells, which contain the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of claim 1 or their pharmaceutical acceptable salts as an active ingredient.
17. Pharmaceutical compositions pharmacologically useful for prevention or treatment of restenosis by suppressing cell proliferation, which contain the benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives of claim 1 or their
:-> pharmaceutical acceptable salts as an active ingredient.
18. Pharmaceutical compositions for protecting preserving organs including heart, kidney, liver and tissues, and for protecting organs in major 0 cardiovascular surgery, which contain the benzopyranyl guanidine deri.vatives of claim 1 or their pharmaceutical acceptable salts as an active ingredient.
PCT/KR2000/001189 1999-10-21 2000-10-20 Benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, process for preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them WO2001029023A1 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2001531823A JP3999515B2 (en) 1999-10-21 2000-10-20 Benzopyranylguanidine derivative, process for producing the same and pharmaceutical composition containing the same
DE60007168T DE60007168T2 (en) 1999-10-21 2000-10-20 BENZOPYRANYL GUANIDINE DERIVATIVES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND THEIR PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
EP00973213A EP1228058B1 (en) 1999-10-21 2000-10-20 Benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, process for preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
BRPI0015227-7A BR0015227B1 (en) 1999-10-21 2000-10-20 benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
MXPA02003898A MXPA02003898A (en) 1999-10-21 2000-10-20 Benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, process for preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
AU11750/01A AU1175001A (en) 1999-10-21 2000-10-20 Benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, process for preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
CA002387727A CA2387727C (en) 1999-10-21 2000-10-20 Benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, process for preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
HK03103787A HK1051538A1 (en) 1999-10-21 2003-05-27 benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, process for p reparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR19990045871 1999-10-21
KR1999/45871 1999-10-21
KR2000/60467 2000-10-13
KR10-2000-0060467A KR100429609B1 (en) 1999-10-21 2000-10-13 Benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, method for preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing the said derivatives

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2001029023A1 true WO2001029023A1 (en) 2001-04-26

Family

ID=36763698

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2000/001189 WO2001029023A1 (en) 1999-10-21 2000-10-20 Benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, process for preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them

Country Status (11)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1228058B1 (en)
JP (1) JP3999515B2 (en)
CN (1) CN1229371C (en)
AU (1) AU1175001A (en)
BR (1) BR0015227B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2387727C (en)
DE (1) DE60007168T2 (en)
ES (1) ES2210009T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1051538A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA02003898A (en)
WO (1) WO2001029023A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1546136A1 (en) * 2002-08-09 2005-06-29 Korea Research Institute of Chemical Technology Benzopyran derivatives substituted with secondary amines including imidazole, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP2487171A1 (en) * 2011-02-08 2012-08-15 Université de Liège Dihydrobenzopyran, thiochroman, tetrahydroquinoleine and tetrahydronaphthalene derivatives and their use in anti-cancer therapy

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100545780B1 (en) * 2003-05-28 2006-01-24 동부한농화학 주식회사 Benzopyran derivatives substituted with benzimidazole derivatives or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, preparation methods thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
KR100512486B1 (en) * 2003-05-28 2005-09-06 동부한농화학 주식회사 Benzopyran derivatives substituted with thioxobenzoxazole derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, their preparations and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
AU2013282317A1 (en) * 2012-06-28 2015-01-22 Abbvie Inc. Cyanoguanidines and their use as antiviral agents

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH02172984A (en) * 1988-12-23 1990-07-04 Yamanouchi Pharmaceut Co Ltd Chroman derivative
EP0401010A2 (en) * 1989-05-31 1990-12-05 E.R. Squibb &amp; Sons, Inc. Pyranyl cyanoguanidine derivatives
EP0501797A1 (en) * 1991-02-27 1992-09-02 E.R. SQUIBB &amp; SONS, INC. Pyranyl cyanoguanidine derivatives

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05186458A (en) * 1991-04-26 1993-07-27 Japan Tobacco Inc New benzopyran derivative

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH02172984A (en) * 1988-12-23 1990-07-04 Yamanouchi Pharmaceut Co Ltd Chroman derivative
EP0401010A2 (en) * 1989-05-31 1990-12-05 E.R. Squibb &amp; Sons, Inc. Pyranyl cyanoguanidine derivatives
EP0501797A1 (en) * 1991-02-27 1992-09-02 E.R. SQUIBB &amp; SONS, INC. Pyranyl cyanoguanidine derivatives

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP1228058A4 *

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1546136A1 (en) * 2002-08-09 2005-06-29 Korea Research Institute of Chemical Technology Benzopyran derivatives substituted with secondary amines including imidazole, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP1546136B1 (en) * 2002-08-09 2011-10-05 Korea Research Institute Of Chemical Technology Benzopyran derivatives substituted with secondary amines including imidazole, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP2487171A1 (en) * 2011-02-08 2012-08-15 Université de Liège Dihydrobenzopyran, thiochroman, tetrahydroquinoleine and tetrahydronaphthalene derivatives and their use in anti-cancer therapy
WO2012107262A1 (en) * 2011-02-08 2012-08-16 Universite De Liege Dihydrobenzopyran, thiochroman, tetrahydroquinoleine and tetrahydronaphtalene derivatives and their use in anticancer therapy

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
MXPA02003898A (en) 2003-07-14
CN1229371C (en) 2005-11-30
HK1051538A1 (en) 2003-08-08
EP1228058A1 (en) 2002-08-07
EP1228058B1 (en) 2003-12-10
BR0015227A (en) 2002-07-16
JP2003512367A (en) 2003-04-02
CN1382134A (en) 2002-11-27
DE60007168D1 (en) 2004-01-22
CA2387727C (en) 2008-10-14
CA2387727A1 (en) 2001-04-26
BR0015227B1 (en) 2011-12-27
DE60007168T2 (en) 2004-12-30
ES2210009T3 (en) 2004-07-01
EP1228058A4 (en) 2003-02-12
JP3999515B2 (en) 2007-10-31
AU1175001A (en) 2001-04-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2003247213B2 (en) Benzopyran derivatives substituted with secondary amines including imidazole, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP1499610B1 (en) Benzopyran derivatives substituted with secondary amines including tetrazole, method for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US6323238B1 (en) Benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, process for preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP1228058B1 (en) Benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, process for preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
KR100429609B1 (en) Benzopyranyl guanidine derivatives, method for preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing the said derivatives
US6413983B1 (en) Benzopyranyl heterocycle derivatives, process for preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
CN100593541C (en) Benzopyran derivatives substituted with a thioxobenzoxazole derivative, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, their preparations and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US7309793B2 (en) Benzopyran derivatives substituted with a benzimidazole derivative, pharmaceutically acceptable salts therof, their preparations and pharmaceutical compositions containing them

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: IN/PCT/2002/00381/DE

Country of ref document: IN

Ref document number: IN/PCT/2002/00382/DE

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2387727

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2002/003898

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2001 531823

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 008146551

Country of ref document: CN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2000973213

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2000973213

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 2000973213

Country of ref document: EP